Documenti di Didattica
Documenti di Professioni
Documenti di Cultura
ReadMeFirst
Service Manual for Download
Imaging Services
print.
add comments.
Document History
Edition.
Revision
Release
Date
Changes
compared to previous Version 1.1
1.2
06-2008
Edition 1, Revision 2
06-2008 printed in Germany
Agfa Company Confidential
ReadMeFirst
IMPORTANT:
Preferably print this manual double-sided:
This PDF manual contains empty pages at the end of several chapters, to have the
next chapter starting with an uneven page number when printed doubles-sided.
If printed one-sided, dispose these empty pages.
Preferably print circuit diagrams on a DIN A3 or ANSI B (Ledger) printer, if
available.
Some pages especially circuit diagrams for equipment have been created on paper
size larger than DIN A4/Letter. Printing these pages on DIN A4/Letter may result in
reduced legibility. It is recommended to print these pages separately on a DIN A3 or
ANSI B (Ledger) printer.
Edition 1, Revision 2
06-2008
Page 2 of 5
Agfa Company Confidential
ReadMeFirst
2.1
(2)
Write down or remember the shown PDF page number. See Figure 1.
(4)
Select "Print".
(5)
(6)
(7)
Select OK.
Edition 1, Revision 2
06-2008
Page 3 of 5
Agfa Company Confidential
ReadMeFirst
NOTE:
Shrink to printable area may be named on other Adobe Reader versions
reduce to printer margins or shrink oversized pages to paper size.
2.2
Select "Print".
(2)
Select All.
(3)
(4)
Select OK.
Adding Comments
If you open this file in an Adobe Reader version 7, the comment toolbar will
show-up.
This allows adding comments, to highlight or underline text and many more text
manipulations.
Edition 1, Revision 2
06-2008
Page 4 of 5
Agfa Company Confidential
ReadMeFirst
3.1
(1)
In the drop down menu Comment & Markup select "Show comments List".
3.2
(2)
Select the desired comments: Press the CTRL-key for multiple selections.
(3)
(4)
Importing Comments
(1)
In the drop down menu Comment & Markup select "Show comments List".
(2)
(3)
NOTE:
The imported comments possibly appear on different pages, if the file where the
comments have been imported has a different number of pages.
Edition 1, Revision 2
06-2008
Page 5 of 5
Agfa Company Confidential
This page is intentionally left blank to enable print out of even and odd pages on duplex printers.
Technical
Documentation
HEALTHCARE
Imaging Services
Order-No.: DD+DIS014.05E
DX-S
Type 5160
2nd Edition
CONFIDENTIALITY NOTE:
Use, dissemination, distribution or reproduction of this document by unauthorized personnel is not permitted and may be unlawful.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
DD+DIS014.05E
Manufacturer
Agfa-Gevaert HealthCare GmbH - Global Services Organisation
Tegernseer Landstr. 161
D-81539 Mnchen
Germany
Contact
To order spare parts and
spare part assortments:
Tel.:
Fax.:
To order documentation:
Tel.:
Fax.:
WARNING:
Improper operation or service activities may cause damage or injuries.
INSTRUCTION:
1. Read the "Generic Safety Directions" document
(see MEDNET GSO -> General Info -> Agfa HealthCare ->
Publications -> Service Manual) prior to attempting any operation,
repair or maintenance task on the equipment.
2. Strictly observe all safety directions within the "Generic Safety
Directions" and on the product.
Chapter 0 / II
Agfa Company Confidential
DX-S
Type 5160
Edition 2, Revision 0
12-2006
DD+DIS014.05E
Chapter Overview
Chapter
Order List
Functional Description
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9
Accessories
Field Modifications
Maintenance
10
Service Bulletins
11
Installation Planning
12
Edition 2, Revision 0
12-2006
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 0 / III
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
Explanation of notes
This documentation uses:
Safety relevant notes
Icon
Signal Word
Situation
CAUTION:
WARNING:
DANGER:
Name
Type of Information
INSTRUCTION:
IMPORTANT:
NOTE:
Conventions
Actions
Way of writing
Sample
Action,
explanation
<omni-cd.exe>
Double-click the
<omni-cd.exe> icon
vips
Chapter 0 / IV
Agfa Company Confidential
DX-S
Type 5160
Edition 2, Revision 0
12-2006
DD+DIS014.05E
Agfa CR
Digitizer(s)
NX
INPUT
(ID/QC)
Edition 2, Revision 0
12-2006
DX-S
Type 5160
OUTPUT
Softcopy/Hardcopy
images
ready for diagnosis
Chapter 0 / V
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
Chapter 0 / VI
Agfa Company Confidential
DX-S
Type 5160
Edition 2, Revision 0
12-2006
DD+DIS014.05E
Edition 2, Revision 0
12-2006
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 0 / VII
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
Chapter 0 / VIII
Agfa Company Confidential
DX-S
Type 5160
Edition 2, Revision 0
12-2006
HEALTHCARE
Imaging Services
Document History
Edition.
Revision
Release
Date
Changes
compared to previous Revision 1.2:
1.3
07-2009
Referenced Documents
Document
Title
Not applicable
Not applicable
Edition 1, Revision 3
07-2009 printed in Germany
DD+DIS238.06E
Manufacturer
Agfa HealthCare N.V.
Publisher
Agfa-Gevaert HealthCare GmbH
Tegernseer Landstrae 161
D - 81539 Mnchen
Germany
Copyright 2009 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
All rights reserved.
Technical modifications reserved.
AGFA and the Agfa-Rhombus are trademarks of Agfa HealthCare N.V.
WARNING:
Improper operation or service activities may cause damage or injuries.
INSTRUCTION:
(1)
(2)
Strictly observe all safety directions within the "Generic Safety Directions" and on
the product.
Edition 1, Revision 3
07-2009
Page 2 of 28
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS238.06E
LIST OF CONTENTS
DISCLAIMER......................................................................................................... 5
LABELS ................................................................................................................. 7
3.1
CE Mark................................................................................................... 7
3.2
3.3
REFERENCES .................................................................................................... 10
INTENDED USE.................................................................................................. 11
10
11
12
COMPLIANCE..................................................................................................... 14
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Edition 1, Revision 3
07-2009
Page 3 of 28
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS238.06E
21
22
23
24
RECYCLING ........................................................................................................27
25
26
Edition 1, Revision 3
07-2009
Page 4 of 28
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS238.06E
Disclaimer
The installation and service of equipment described herein is to be performed by qualified
personnel who are employed by Agfa HealthCare or one of its affiliates or who are
otherwise authorized by Agfa HealthCare or one of its affiliates to provide such services.
Fitters, engineers and other persons who are not employed by or otherwise directly
affiliated with or authorized by Agfa HealthCare or one of its affiliates are directed to
contact one of the local offices of Agfa HealthCare or one of its affiliates before attempting
installation or service procedures.
No part of this document may be reproduced, copied, adapted or transmitted in any form
or by any means without the written permission of Agfa HealthCare.
Agfa HealthCare makes no warranties or representation, expressed or implied, with
respect to the accuracy, completeness or usefulness of the information contained in this
document and specifically disclaims warranties of suitability for any particular purpose.
Agfa HealthCare shall under no circumstances be liable for any damage arising from the
use or inability to use any information, apparatus, method or process disclosed in this
document.
Agfa HealthCare is not liable for resulting consequences, damages or injuries if you dont
operate the product correctly or if you dont have it serviced correctly.
Agfa HealthCare reserves the right to change the product, the characteristics and its
documentation without further notice to improve reliability, function or design.
NOTE:
In the United States, Federal Law stipulates that medical devices should only be sold to,
distributed and used by or by order of a licensed physician.
Edition 1, Revision 3
07-2009
Page 5 of 28
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS238.06E
Used Icons
Icon
Edition 1, Revision 3
07-2009
Page 6 of 28
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS238.06E
Labels
3.1
CE Mark
CE Mark
3.2
System Labels
All system labels and software version number locations are referred to within this service
document in the appropriate section.
Enclosed an overview of common labels, according to ISO 3864.
This list is not complete.
Hot Surface
Obstacles
Laser Beam
Corrosive Liquid
High Voltage
Hand Injuries
C&W_005.cdr
Edition 1, Revision 3
07-2009
Page 7 of 28
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS238.06E
3.3
Class #
Meaning
Class 1:
Class 1 M:
Class 2:
Example Label
LASER RADIATION
DO NOT VIEW DIRECTLY WITH
OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS
CLASS 1M LASER PRODUCT
LASER RADIATION
DO NOT STARE INTO BEAM
CLASS 2 LASER PRODUCT
Edition 1, Revision 3
07-2009
Page 8 of 28
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS238.06E
Class #
Meaning
Class 2M:
Class 3R:
Example Label
LASER RADIATION
DO NOT STARE INTO THE BEAM
OR VIEW DIRECTLY WITH
OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS
CLASS 2M LASER PRODUCT
LASER RADIATION
AVOID DIRECT EYE EXPOSURE
CLASS 3R LASER PRODUCT
Class 3B:
LASER RADIATION
AVOID EXPOSURE TO BEAM
CLASS 3B LASER PRODUCT
Class 4:
Edition 1, Revision 3
07-2009
Page 9 of 28
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS238.06E
Product Complaints
Any service person who has any complaints or has experienced any dissatisfaction in the
quality, durability, reliability, safety, effectiveness or performance of this product must
notify Agfa HealthCare by the Agfa HealthCare complaint procedure.
If the product malfunctions and may have caused or contributed to a serious injury of a
patient or an accident or if there are any hazards which may cause an accident
Agfa HealthCare must be notified immediately by telephone, fax or written
correspondence to the following address:
Agfa Service Support - local support addresses and phone numbers listed on:
www.agfa.com
References
Technical Documentation is available via MedNet (PDF) and your local Agfa HealthCare
support organisation (Paper).
Access to MedNet:
IntraNet: http://docs.agfanet/bu/mi/mednet/mednetcso.nsf
ExtraNet: http://extranet.agfa.com/bu/mi/mednet/mednetcso.nsf
Edition 1, Revision 3
07-2009
Page 10 of 28
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS238.06E
Intended Use
This Agfa HealthCare product should only be operated in a hospital or clinical radiological
environment by qualified staff.
It must only be operated according to its specifications and its intended use. Any
operation not corresponding to the specifications or intended use may result in hazards,
which in turn may lead to serious injuries or fatal accidents (for example electric shocks).
AGFA will not assume any liability whatsoever in these cases.
Make sure that the product is constantly monitored in order to avoid inappropriate
handling, especially by children.
The product must only be installed and put into operation under the specified conditions.
Intended User
This manual is written for Agfa trained Field Service Engineers and Clinical Application
Specialists, trained users of Agfa HealthCare products and trained diagnostic XRay
clinical personnel who have received proper training. Users are considered as the persons
who handle the equipment as well as the persons having authority over the equipment.
Edition 1, Revision 3
07-2009
Page 11 of 28
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS238.06E
Must make his or her personal contribution to improve safety and protect the
environment.
When working on a customers site, has a duty to take reasonable care to avoid injury
to himself or herself or to others who may be affected by their acts or omissions.
Is obligated to adhere strictly to regulations and instructions.
Shall familiarise himself or herself with the provisions of the Agfa Healthcare
Health, Safety and Environment Policy and any specific rules or procedures relating to
occupational safety at work and the protection of the environment.
Shall promptly report any near misses, accidents, incidents or dangerous occurrences
to their line manager and co-operate fully in any investigation.
Shall co-operate with company management on matters relating to
health, safety and environment and, where appropriate, discuss with and / or assist
their manager in resolving matters relating to health, safety and environment.
Shall ensure that any company equipment issued to them, or, for which they are
responsible, is correctly used and properly maintained.
Shall wear protective equipment whenever instructed or if it is recommended to do so.
Shall be responsible for good housekeeping in the area in which he or she is working.
Shall report situations, which could put them at risk, on either company or
customers' premises, to their manager or supervisor; and, if warranted, directly and in
confidence, to the Health and Safety Co-ordinator, Global HSE Manager, or ultimately
to the Managing Director.
Shall report any injuries, diseases or dangerous occurrences to his or her line
manager.
Shall report any accidents, incidents or near misses to his or her line manager.
Shall report any situation of which he or she is aware that is potentially dangerous.
Shall comply with any health surveillance procedure instituted for his or her benefit or
for compliance with regulations.
Edition 1, Revision 3
07-2009
Page 12 of 28
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS238.06E
10
INSTRUCTION:
Consult the Technical Documentation before making any connections to other equipment.
Consideration relating to the choice of accessory equipment shall include:
In addition all configurations must comply with the medical electrical systems standard IEC
60601-1-1. The party that makes the connections acts as system Configurer and is
responsible for complying with the systems standard.
If required, contact your local service organization.
Edition 1, Revision 3
07-2009
Page 13 of 28
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS238.06E
11
INSTRUCTION:
12
Use only tools and measuring instruments which are suitable for the procedure.
Only approved Agfa HealthCare accessories must be used. For a list of compatible
accessories contact your local Agfa HealthCare organization or www.agfa.com.
Compliance
Directive for HealthCare Imaging Products:
Council Directive 93/42/EEC of 14 June 1993 concerning medical devices
(OJ No L 169/1 of 1993-07-12)
Edition 1, Revision 3
07-2009
Page 14 of 28
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS238.06E
Edition 1, Revision 3
07-2009
Page 15 of 28
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS238.06E
Note:
This product has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A
computing device pursuant to Subpart B of Part 15 of FCC Rules, which are designed to
provide reasonable protection against such interference when operated in a commercial
environment.
Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause interference.
The user will be required to take all necessary measures to correct the interference at
his own expense.
Edition 1, Revision 3
07-2009
Page 16 of 28
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS238.06E
13
Under certain conditions the Agfa HealthCare product will show a display containing a
message. This message will show that either a problem or action has occurred or that
a requested action is required or cannot be performed. The user must read these
messages carefully they will provide information on what to do. This will be either
performing an action to resolve the problem or to contact the Agfa HealthCare
service organization. Details on the contents of messages can be found in this
Technical Documentation.
All images created using any image technology can show artifacts which could be
confused with diagnostic information. If there is any doubt that the diagnostic
information could be corrupted, additional investigations must be performed to get
clear diagnostic information.
Ventilation openings must not be covered.
If you notice conspicuous noise or smoke, disconnect the product immediately from
the mains.
Do not pour water or any other liquid over the device.
If a system malfunction causes an emergency situation involving the patient, operating
personnel or any system component, activate the emergency stop for the system
concerned. All motor driven system movements will be stopped.
Do not store any magnetic media near or on devices, which produce magnetic fields,
since stored data may be lost.
Explosive environment:
DANGER:
Risk of explosion.
Never operate this device in zones where there are flammable anesthetics or oxygen which
may cause an explosion.
Edition 1, Revision 3
07-2009
Page 17 of 28
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS238.06E
14
Radiation Protection
Only qualified and authorized personnel shall operate any X-Ray system. In this context
qualified means those legally permitted to operate this X-Ray equipment in the jurisdiction
in which the X-Ray equipment is being used, and authorized means those authorized by
the authority controlling the use of the X-Ray equipment. Full use must be made of all
radiation protection features, devices, systems, procedures and accessories.
Ionizing radiation can lead to radiation injuries if handled incorrectly. When radiation is
applied, the required protective measures must be complied with.
15
Details about cleaning and disinfection or sterilization methods that may be used on
SYSTEM parts or ACCESSORIES that can become contaminated through contact
with the PATIENT or with body fluids, are referred to within the individual service
documents.
Disconnect the power supply from the equipment prior to cleaning the equipment.
Edition 1, Revision 3
07-2009
Page 18 of 28
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS238.06E
16
This system uses high voltage. Please consider the respective safety regulations.
Electrical repairs and connections must only be performed by a qualified electrician.
Mechanical repairs and connections must only be performed by a qualified technician.
The safety directions for operation (see section 13) are also valid for all service
activities.
During all service activities observe prescribed local and country-specific
requirements (e.g. occupational safety and accident prevention regulations).
All existing screw connections must be tightened sufficiently firmly, but they may not
be overstressed when tightening. There must always be compliance with stated
torque values!
Damaged or missing screws may be replaced only with the same screw types that
have the specified hardness rating. Unless a different value is listed in the
instructions, all Allen screws used must be hardness rated 8.8.
All screws must be secured in accordance with the corresponding data.
If "Loctite" has to be used to secure screws, this is stated in the text.
Any Agfa service PC or tool which is to be connected via RS232, RJ45, USB or other
interface to an Agfa device must not be connected to the mains but must be operated
on its internal battery or indirect supply (low voltage).
When handling printed circuit boards (abbr.: PCBs) the following points must be
observed:
o Always switch off the equipment and unplug the power cord, before you
disconnect or connect cables on printed circuit boards.
o When working on PCBs, always wear an anti-static wrist strap. Never touch any
parts or components on PCBs with your bare fingers.
o PCBs have to be kept or transported in their protection bags. Never carry a
PCB without protection bag and walk on carpet or plastic floor covering
(electrostatic charge).
o Once the PCB is taken out of its protection bag, it has to be protected from
electrostatic charge by a grounded mat.
Edition 1, Revision 3
07-2009
Page 19 of 28
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS238.06E
17
The digitizer and the cassette storage shall be protected against X-ray radiation this way,
that the annual dose equivalent at the installation place will not exceed 1 mSv.
The film-screen system shall be protected against X-ray radiation this way, that the annual
dose equivalent at the installation place will not exceed 1 mSv.
Local and International wiring regulations must be observed. Check all supplies and
voltages, currents, trips and fuses with the Hospital facilities department or their
engineers.
Edition 1, Revision 3
07-2009
Page 20 of 28
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS238.06E
The device complies with the EN 60601-1, 2006 standard for Information Technology.
This means that, although it is absolutely safe, patients may not come in direct contact
with the equipment. Therefore the operator console must be placed outside a radius
of 1.5 m around the patient.
R = 1.5m
1.5m
1.5m
Patient environment
This device should be installed behind the institution firewall for network security and
anti-virus protection. No ongoing computer virus protection or network security for this
medical device is provided (e.g. a computer firewall). Network security and anti-virus
provisions are the ongoing responsibility of the user or institution.
Edition 1, Revision 3
07-2009
Page 21 of 28
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS238.06E
18
Compare the power requirements indicated on the type label with the available
power supply in the installation room.
Check the service manual for the type of input voltage selection, manual or
automatic: If manual, select the appropriate voltage and fuses.
Confirm to use the correct socket and plug for the required power supply.
Check the equipment will work with the power supply available.
Edition 1, Revision 3
07-2009
Page 22 of 28
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS238.06E
19
Always connect the associated monitor to the same Uninterruptible Power Source as
the PC.
This Technical Documentation identifies the parts on which preventive inspection and
maintenance shall be performed by Agfa HealthCare service personnel, including the
periods to be applied.
In general the device has to be switched off during service activities. Exception: If the
device is switched on to perform tests pay particular attention to any hazards due to
moving and rotating parts. Avoid lose clothing or finger traps. Switch off the device
immediately after the tests.
Do not turn motors manually. If required, first disconnect the motor from the motor
control board.
Make sure that the power cord does not show any signs of damage.
After repair work always check that the integrated safety features are not overridden
or disconnected.
If there is any visible damage to the machine casing do not hand-over the product to
the customer. First repair the machine casing.
Edition 1, Revision 3
07-2009
Page 23 of 28
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS238.06E
Replacing batteries:
WARNING:
Battery can explode, causing chemical burns.
INSTRUCTION:
Only use batteries of the same type or an equivalent type as specified by the
manufacturer.
When removing lithium batteries from the equipment take appropriate measures to
avoid short circuit of the battery:
Either use tape to cover the two poles of the battery or put the battery back in its
original packing and secure the packing by tape.
After any work at the power supply or at any component connected to mains voltage
inform the responsible organization 1 about the necessity of the electrical test
according to national regulations.
If specific national regulations do not exist: It is recommended to perform the
electrical test according to IEC 62353.
Make sure, that all grounding connections to metallic covers and all grounding
connections inside the device are present.
NOTE:
On MedNet, GSO Library path "General Info => Agfa HealthCare => Publications =>
Service Manual" a form IEC 62353:2007 Test Documentation for CR Digitizers is
available, to be handed out to the responsible organization (Intranet Link / Extranet Link).
Responsible Organization:
Entity accountable for the use and maintenance of a medical equipment or a medical equipment system. The
accountable entity can be, for example, a hospital or an individual clinician.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 3
07-2009
Page 24 of 28
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS238.06E
Strictly observe the warning notes in the service manual of devices emitting laser
radiation (See service manual chapter describing Safety Guidelines / General
Repair Instructions) and at the corresponding steps of instructions.
Strictly observe the warning labels at the modules emitting laser light. For the
meaning of the labels refer to section 3.3 in this document.
Do not open modules containing a laser. Only open modules containing a laser if
explicitly instructed to do so.
Do not keep tools in the laser beam unless explicitly instructed to do so.
Make yourself familiar with the path of the laser light and the conditions, when the
laser beam is switched on. Refer to the Functional Description in the
corresponding service manual.
Sharp edges:
CAUTION:
Sharp edges inside the device: Cut or abrasion possible.
Be careful at maintenance and replacement of parts.
Edition 1, Revision 3
07-2009
Page 25 of 28
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS238.06E
Secured screws:
CAUTION:
Opening screws secured by red lacquer may misalign important device
adjustments:
Do not open screws that are secured by red lacquer.
Replacing fuses:
Warning:
Replacing fuses by wrong type may lead to fire hazard!
Use only fuses of the exact value and characteristics stated in the service manual or on
the device.
20
Edition 1, Revision 3
07-2009
Page 26 of 28
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS238.06E
21
22
23
24
Recycling
Agfa HealthCare has Recycling Passports available for all equipment. The Recycling
Passport explains whether hazardous materials, special components and batteries are
present, where they are located and how they can be removed at the end of the life cycle.
The Recycling Passports are meant to be used as information for waste treatment
partners and companies that want to recycle end-of-life Agfa equipment.
To get a copy of the required Agfa HealthCare Recycling Passport please contact your
local Sales organization.
Edition 1, Revision 3
07-2009
Page 27 of 28
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS238.06E
25
Waste Disposal
On August 13, 2005, the European Directive on Waste Electrical and
Electronic Equipment (WEEE) 2002/96/EC, amended by Directive
2003/108/EC, came into force.
The directive on Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) aims to
prevent the generation of electric and electronic waste and to promote the
reuse, recycling and other forms of recovery. It therefore requires the collection
of WEEE, recovery and reuse or recycling.
This directive has to be implemented into national law by the individual
European countries by August 13th 2005.
Due to the implementation into national law, specific requirements can be
different within the European Member States.
This symbol on the product, or in the manual and in the warranty, and / or on
its packaging indicates that this product shall not be treated as household
waste.
For more detailed information about take-back and recycling of this product,
please contact your local Agfa service organization. By ensuring this product is
disposed of correctly, you will help prevent potential negative consequences
for the environment and human health, which could otherwise be caused by
inappropriate waste handling of this product. The recycling of materials will
help to conserve natural resources.
If your equipment or replaced spare parts contain batteries or accumulators
please dispose of these separately according to local regulations.
26
Edition 1, Revision 3
07-2009
Page 28 of 28
Agfa Company Confidential
Chapter 1
HEALTHCARE
Controls, Connections,
and Setup Procedures
Imaging Services
DX-S
Type 5160
NOTE:
For each installation a flowchart providing an overview of installation procedures
guides through the whole installation. Check which procedure applies to the present
situation and follow the instructions step by step. For details refer to section 2.
Document History
Edition.
Revision
Release
Date
Changes
compared to previous version 2.4
2.5
03-2010
Referenced Documents
Document
Title
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010 printed in Germany
DD+DIS014.05E
Manufacturer
Agfa HealthCare N.V.
Publisher
Agfa-Gevaert HealthCare GmbH
Tegernseer Landstrae 161
D - 81539 Mnchen
Germany
Copyright 2010 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
All rights reserved.
Technical modifications reserved.
AGFA and the Agfa-Rhombus are trademarks of Agfa HealthCare N.V.
WARNING:
Improper operation or service activities may cause damage or injuries.
INSTRUCTION:
(1)
(2)
Strictly observe all safety directions within the "Generic Safety Directions" and on
the product.
NOTE:
To verify the latest version of single documents and of Service Manuals refer to the
Document Type Order List in the GSO library.
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 2
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
LIST OF CONTENTS
REFERENCED DOCUMENTS.................................................................................................6
2.1
2.2
Flowchart Installation of DX-S Cut Down All in One (Type 5163/105) ..................................9
2.3
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.4.1
3.4.2
3.4.3
Scope of Delivery for the DX-S Cut Down All in One (Type 5163/105)..................................15
3.5
3.5.1
Locations.................................................................................................................................16
3.5.2
Touch Screen..........................................................................................................................17
3.5.3
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
Placing the Digitizer onto the All in One Cart (AIO) ................................................................32
4.7
4.8
4.9
4.9.1
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 3
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
4.9.2
4.10
4.11
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
5.6
Placing the Digitizer onto the Cut Down All in One Cart.........................................................56
5.7
5.7.1
5.7.2
5.8
5.9
6.2
6.3
General Safety Instructions for the DX-S Digitizer (without Isolation Transformer) ...............73
6.4
6.5
6.6
6.7
6.8
6.9
6.9.1
6.9.2
6.10
6.11
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 4
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
6.11.1
6.11.2
6.11.3
Configuration 3: Connecting Digitizer (without UPS and without Isolation Transformer) .......85
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
8.1.1
Exposing a Flatfield.................................................................................................................96
8.1.2
8.1.3
Evaluating a Flatfield...............................................................................................................98
8.2
8.3
9.2
9.3
9.4
10
11
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 5
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
Referenced Documents
The following documents are referenced in this chapter.
Document
Hyperlink
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 6
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
Flowchart of Installation
Depending on the order of the customer the following three installation scenarios
are possible:
The installation of the DX-S Cut Down All in One (Type 5163/105)
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 7
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
2.1
Section
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
Section
General Safety Instructions for the DX-S All in One System (including Isolation
Transformer)
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
4.10
4.11
Section
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
Section
8.1
8.2
8.3
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 8
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
2.2
Section
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
Section
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
Placing the Digitizer onto the Cut Down All in One Cart
5.6
5.7
5.8
5.9
Section
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
Section
8.1
8.2
8.3
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 9
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
2.3
Section
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
Section
6.1
6.2
General Safety Instructions for the DX-S Digitizer (without Isolation Transformer)
6.3
6.4
6.5
6.6
6.7
6.8
6.9
6.10
6.11
6.11.1
6.11.2
6.11.3
Section
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
Section
8.1
8.2
8.3
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 10
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
3.1
Ensure to have the current DX-S software (Check in MedNet GSO Library,
Path: Computed Radiography CR Digitizers
DX-S
Freeware).
At Installation Site
The devices must be delivered and unpacked (see sections 3.2 3.4).
NOTE:
The operation of DX-S without connection to a Control PC with installed
DX-S software is not possible.
NOTE:
For the customization of a staged Control PC, including its configuration for the DX-S,
please refer to the Chapter Installation and Configuration of the relevant Service
Documentation:
NX 1.0, Chapter 5
NX 2.0, Chapter 5
NX 2008, Chapter 4
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 11
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
3.2
(2)
Compare the labels on the boxes with the customer's order list and the
shipping papers.
(3)
NOTE:
If damage is visible from the outside, contact the local AGFA representative.
(4)
Figure 1
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 12
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
3.3
(2)
(3)
Take the DX-S off the pallet and transport it to the installation site.
(4)
NOTE:
For lifting the DX-S All in One System off the pallet and unpacking,
an area of minimal 200 x 450 cm (79 x 178) is required.
If the available space at the installation site is limited,
the devices can be unpacked beforehand and rolled to the installation site.
3.4
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 13
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
3.4.1
Pieces
Description
Installation procedure
Certificates
Installation Report
Limit Pattern CD
NOTE:
Depending on the customer selection, additionally components can be ordered for the
DX-S system configuration as separate components.
For an overview of available components, refer to chapter 11, Installation Planning of
the DX-S Service Documentation. See section 1.
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 14
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
3.4.2
Pieces
3.4.3
Description
Cassettes 24 x 30 cm
Cassettes 43 x 35 cm
Network cable
Isolation transformer
Scope of Delivery for the DX-S Cut Down All in One (Type 5163/105)
Pieces
Description
Cassettes 24 x 30 cm
Cassettes 43 x 35 cm
Network cable
Isolation transformer
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 15
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
3.5
3.5.1
Locations
Front View
Touch screen
Status indicator
Line switch
Figure 2
Rear View
Figure 3
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 16
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
3.5.2
Touch Screen
General Definition of the Touch Screen Pictographs:
Depending on the operational mode of the Digitizer, the touch screen display shows the
following pictographs. The size of the pictographs covers the entire active display area.
Following displays are also used as entry keys. The size, positioning and meaning of
the keys will be explained by the shown pictograph:
Message
Standard screen
Emergency Screen
with Cancel Option
Description
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 17
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
Message
More Functions:
Erase
More Functions:
Display
Description
Upper line:
press <> or <+>
to change the display
contrast.
Lower line:
press <> or <+>
to change the display
brightness.
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 18
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
Message
More Functions:
Audio
Description
The More Functions screens have a timeout. If the user does not press any key within
1 minute, the Digitizer returns to the Standard screen.
The touch screen can display the following information pictographs during
normal operation:
Message
Description
Warm up
Busy
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 19
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
Message
Description
Cassette is unlocked and can
be removed.
Eject
The touch screen can display the following information pictographs for error
conditions without consultation of the Control PC:
Message
Description
Connection between Digitizer
and processing software is
interrupted.
Interrupt
Code XXXXXXXXXX
The Control PC is running and
FireWire connection is
detected, but the Processing
Station software is not
running.
Processing
Software down
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 20
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
Message
Description
Check PC for status message
and detailed instructions.
Check
PC Message
Service
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 21
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
3.5.3
Color
Green
Red
Status
Action
Constant
Proceed.
Flashing
Wait.
Remove cassette.
Warm up / Self-test
Service mode
Processing software
down
Error
Flashing
Audio signals
A short beep means that the Digitizer has accepted the key command and is
starting the operation.
An interval beep accompanies an error message. This signal stops when the user
presses any pictograph on the touch screen display.
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 22
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
4.1
General Safety Instructions for the DX-S All in One System (including
Isolation Transformer)
The DX-S All in One Systems are already provided with an isolation transformer.
According to IEC 60601-1-1 the system can also be used within patient environment.
Figure 4
4.2
Description
Duration / h
Physical installation of
DX-S All in One cart
0.5
Physical installation of
Digitizer
2.0
Physical installation of
the Control PC
1.0
Physical installation of
UPS
0.5
0.5
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 23
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
NOTE:
If the machine was exposed to extreme temperature or humidity conditions during
transport then it needs at least one day to acclimatize at the installation location prior
to installation.
REQUIRED TOOLS:
4.3
Phillips screwdriver
Screwdriver
Socket wrench 7 mm
Socket wrench 10 mm
Allen key 8 mm
Allen key 3 mm
Cutter
(1)
(2)
Figure 5
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 24
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
(3)
Figure 6
(4)
(5)
Figure 7
(6)
(7)
Figure 8
(8)
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 25
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
(9)
Figure 9
Figure 10
Figure 11
Figure 12
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 26
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
Figure 13
Figure 14
Figure 15
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 27
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
NOTE:
Ensure that the mouse has enough space to
operate.
Figure 16
Figure 17
Figure 18
Figure 19
Result
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 28
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
4.4
CAUTION:
Heavy UPS may cause crush injuries when falling down.
Lift UPS always carefully.
Do not slide the UPS over cables.
(1)
(2)
Figure 20
(3)
Figure 21
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 29
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
(4)
(5)
Figure 22
(6)
Figure 23
Result
4.5
(2)
Figure 24
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 30
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
(3)
(4)
Figure 25
NOTE:
Observe correct plug-in directions!
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 31
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
4.6
(2)
(3)
at the front of
.
Figure 27
(4)
(5)
Figure 28
(6)
(7)
Figure 29
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 32
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
(8)
Figure 30
(9)
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 33
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
4.7
CAUTION:
Device is heavy and may cause crush injuries. If it falls down, sensitive
components are damaged.
Height adjustment has to be carried out by at least two persons.
Take care that lengths of the used cables permit the desired
height adjustment.
Three positions are available for the height adjustment:
NOTE:
The Digitizer must be released and shifted onto the ramp / service bridge prior to
height adjustment. See section 4.6.
(1)
(2)
Figure 31
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 34
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
(3)
(4)
Figure 32
Result
4.8
(2)
(3)
(4)
lever
free
lever
locked
loose
fixed
Figure 33
NOTE:
The lever is a quick-fix system: To change the fixed or loose position pull the lever.
There is no need to open the Allen screw at the axis for the adjustment of the monitor.
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 35
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
4.9
4.9.1
Figure 34
CAUTION:
The vacuum seals at the IP platform can be damaged by the shipping brackets.
While removing the brackets, take care not to damage the vacuum seals.
(2)
Figure 35
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 36
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
(3)
Figure 36
Figure 37
(4)
Figure 38
(5)
Result
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 37
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
4.9.2
(1)
Figure 39
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 38
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
(2)
Completely open screws (A) and (C). They are secured against loss.
Loosen screw (B). Be careful as this screw is not secured against loss.
B
A
C
Figure 40
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 39
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
(3)
Insert the scan head carefully in its bearings: First insert in bearing top left
(no mechanical fixation at top right), then swivel the lower part of the scan
towards the bottom bearings till the scan head has engaged
head
completely.
Figure 41
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 40
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
(4)
Slightly fasten Allen screws (2.5 mm) at the left and right side of the scan head
a little bit. Tension may occur.
Figure 42
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 41
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
(5)
Slightly fasten Allen screw (2.5 mm) at the upper left and right side of the
scan head. Tension may occur.
Fasten all three Allen screws more strongly in the same order as given
above.
Figure 43
(6)
Remove the installation bracket of the scan head by opening the screws
on the left and right by hand.
Figure 44
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 42
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
(7)
Figure 45
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 43
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
(8)
Figure 46
(9)
Result
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 44
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
4.10
Figure 47
(2)
Unscrew three screws (see Figure 49, labeling B) of the cover of the Digitizer's
FireWire connector (socket wrench 7 mm).
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
Figure 48
Figure 49
(7)
(8)
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 45
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
(9)
Figure 50
Figure 52
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 46
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
Figure 53
Figure 54
Result
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 47
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
4.11
(2)
Figure 55
NOTE:
Obtain information on country specific voltage requirements.
(3)
NOTE:
Check jumper setting according to
country-specific mains voltage.
See the labels at the isolation transformer for
jumper positions.
CAUTION:
Output voltage at isolation transformer must
be 230 V!
Figure 56
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 48
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
(4)
(5)
(6)
CAUTION:
Components of the DX-S system can be damaged if wall outlet does not
conform to the installation planning instructions.
Check that installation planning checklist is completed.
In USA: Use a NEMA 5-20P mains cable to connect the All in One with the
wall outlet.
(7)
Result
Connect the isolation transformer input to the mains connector which is provided
by the customer.
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 49
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
5.1
Figure 57
5.2
Description
Physical installation of
Cut Down All in One
(Type 5163/105)
Physical installation of
Digitizer
Duration / h
0.5
2.0
1.0
Physical installation of
UPS
0.5
0.5
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 50
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
NOTE:
If the device was exposed to extreme temperature or humidity conditions during
transport then it needs at least one day to acclimatize at the installation location prior
to installation.
REQUIRED TOOLS:
5.3
Phillips screwdriver
Screwdriver
Socket wrench 7 mm
Socket wrench 10 mm
Allen key 8 mm
Allen key 3 mm
Cutter
(1)
Figure 58
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 51
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
(2)
Figure 59
(3)
(4)
(5)
Figure 60
Result
(6)
(7)
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 52
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
5.4
CAUTION:
Heavy UPS may cause crush injuries when falling down.
Lift UPS always carefully.
Do not slide the UPS over cables.
(1)
(2)
Figure 61
(3)
Figure 62
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 53
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
(4)
(5)
Figure 63
(6)
Figure 64
Result
5.5
(2)
Figure 65
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 54
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
(3)
(4)
Figure 66
NOTE:
Observe correct plug-in directions!
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
Figure 67
Result
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 55
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
5.6
Placing the Digitizer onto the Cut Down All in One Cart
NOTE:
Ensure that required space is available for the ramp to pull the Digitizer on the cart.
(1)
(2)
at the
Loosen the two screws
front of the Cut Down All in One.
(3)
.
Figure 68
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 56
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
(9)
Figure 70
A
A
Figure 71
Figure 72
Result
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 57
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
5.7
5.7.1
Figure 73
CAUTION:
The vacuum seals at the IP platform can be damaged by the shipping brackets.
While removing the brackets, take care not to damage the vacuum seals.
(2)
Figure 74
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 58
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
(3)
Figure 75
Figure 76
(4)
Figure 77
(5)
Result
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 59
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
5.7.2
Figure 78
(2)
Completely open screws (A) and (C). They are secured against loss.
Loosen screw (B). Be careful as this screw is not secured against loss.
B
A
Figure 79
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 60
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
(3)
Insert the scan head carefully in its bearings: First insert in bearing top left
(no mechanical fixation at top right), then swivel lower part of scan head
towards bottom bearings till scan head has engaged completely.
Figure 80
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 61
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
(4)
Slightly fasten Allen screws (2.5 mm) at the left and right side of the scan head
a little bit. Tension may occur.
Figure 81
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 62
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
(5)
Slightly fasten Allen screw (2.5 mm) at the upper left and right side of the
scan head. Tension may occur.
Fasten all three Allen screws more strongly in the same order as given above.
Figure 82
(6)
Figure 83
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 63
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
(7)
Figure 84
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 64
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
(8)
Figure 85
(9)
Result
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 65
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
5.8
Figure 86
(2)
Unscrew three screws (see Figure 88, labeling B) of the cover of the Digitizer's
FireWire connector (socket wrench 7 mm).
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
Figure 87
Figure 88
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 66
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
(7)
(8)
Figure 89
(9)
A
A
Figure 91
Figure 92
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 67
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
5.9
(2)
Figure 93
NOTE:
Obtain information on country specific voltage requirements.
(3)
NOTE:
Check jumper setting according to
country-specific mains voltage
(see labels at isolation transformer for jumper
positions).
Figure 94
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 68
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
CAUTION:
Output voltage at isolation transformer must be 230 V!
Never change jumper settings on output side.
Use only an UPS with 230 V input voltage.
(4)
(5)
(6)
2
3
Figure 95
(7)
CAUTION:
Components of the DX-S system can be damaged if wall outlet does not
conform to the installation planning instructions.
Check that installation planning checklist is completed.
In USA: Use a NEMA 5-20P mains cable to connect the All in One with the wall outlet.
(8)
Connect the isolation transformer input (see Figure 95, circle ) with
appropriate mains cable to the wall outlet which is provided by the customer.
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 69
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
(9)
Figure 96
Figure 97
Result
The electrical installation is complete and the Digitizer is at its final place.
Continue with section 7 and 7.5.
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 70
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
6.1
NX Workstation
CR Touch Monitor
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 71
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
6.2
NX Workstation
CR Touch Monitor
Isolation Transformer
Isolation
Transformer
Monitor
DX-S
NX
Configuration 2:
NX Workstation
CR Touch Monitor
Isolation Transformer
Isolation
Transformer
Monitor
DX-S
NX
Configuration 3:
NX Workstation
CR Touch Monitor
Monitor
DX-S
NX
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 72
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
6.3
Figure 101
6.4
Configuration
Within Patient
Environment
Isolation Transformer
UPS
DX-S System
as
separate
components
Yes
No
Optional
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 73
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
Patient environment
h= 2.5 m
(2.29 m*)
Patient environment
Without UPS
With UPS
Wall Outlet
Wall Outlet
Isolation Transformer
Isolation Transformer
Monitor
UPS
NX
DX-S
Monitor
NX
DX-S
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 74
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
6.5
Description
Duration / h
0.5
Physical installation of
standalone Digitizer
1.0
0.8
Optional:
Physical installation of
isolation transformer
Optional:
Physical installation of UPS
0.2
if applicable
System start
0.8
0.5
NOTE:
If the device was exposed to extreme temperature or humidity conditions during
transport, it needs at least one day to acclimatize at the installation location prior to
installation.
REQUIRED TOOLS:
Phillips screwdriver
Socket wrench 7 mm
Socket wrench 10 mm
Allen key 8 mm
Allen key 3 mm
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 75
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
6.6
6.7
(1)
(2)
Figure 103
Result
(2)
(3)
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 76
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
6.8
WARNING:
Using a FireWire cable > 4.5 m may lead to unstable or no communication
between Digitizer and NX Workstation: Retakes possible.
Do not use a FireWire cable between Digitizer and NX with a length > 4.5 m or > 15 ft
respectively.
(1)
Result
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
Figure 104
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 77
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
6.9
6.9.1
6.9.2
6.10
Remove the shipping brackets as described in section 4.9.1 (or section 5.7.1).
The procedure is exactly the same for the DX-S System as for separate
components.
Install the scan head as described in section 4.9.2 (or section 5.7.2).
The procedure is exactly the same for the DX-S System as for separate
components.
Figure 105
(2)
Unscrew three screws (see Figure 107, labeling B) of the cover of the Digitizer's
FireWire connector (socket wrench 7 mm).
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 78
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
Figure 106
Figure 107
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 79
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
6.11
UPS
Isolation
Transformer
COM
Cable
DX-S
Appropriate
mains cable
Monitor
Wall
Outlet
NX
Firewire
Isolation
Transformer
Appropriate
mains cable
Wall
Outlet
Monitor
DX-S
NX
Firewire
Multiple
Socket
Appropriate
mains cable
Wall
Outlet
Monitor
DX-S
NX
Firewire
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 80
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
6.11.1
UPS
Isolation
Transformer
COM
Cable
DX-S
Monitor
Appropriate
mains cable
Wall
Outlet
NX
Firewire
Figure 111: Cable connections configuration 1
WARNING:
Using different power circles may lead to ground potential differences:
In this case the leakage current via FireWire cable may exceed the limits
as defined by IEC 60601:
Confirm that both, NX Workstation and Digitizer are connected to the same
ground, e.g. via multiple socket or UPS.
(1)
(2)
(3)
Attach the serial connector to the COM port at rear side of the UPS and
connect it with the Control PC.
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 81
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
NOTE:
Obtain information on country specific voltage requirements.
(4)
NOTE:
Check jumper setting according to
country-specific mains voltage
(see labels at isolation transformer for jumper
positions).
CAUTION:
Output voltage at isolation transformer must
be 230 V!
Figure 112
CAUTION:
Components of the DX-S system can be damaged if wall outlet does not
conform to the installation planning instructions.
Check that installation planning checklist is completed.
In USA:
Use a NEMA 5-20P mains cable to connect the isolation transformer with the wall
outlet.
Result
(6)
(7)
The electrical installation is complete and the Digitizer is at its final place.
Continue with section 7 and 7.5.
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 82
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
6.11.2
Isolation
Transformer
Appropriate
mains cable
Wall
Outlet
Monitor
DX-S
NX
Firewire
Figure 113: Cable connections configuration 2
WARNING:
Using different power circles may lead to ground potential differences:
In this case the leakage current via FireWire cable may exceed the limits
as defined by IEC 60601:
Confirm that both, NX Workstation and Digitizer are connected to the same
ground, e.g. via multiple socket or UPS.
(1)
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 83
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
NOTE:
Obtain information on country specific voltage requirements.
(2)
NOTE:
Check jumper setting according to
country-specific mains voltage
(see labels at isolation transformer for jumper
positions).
CAUTION:
Output voltage at isolation transformer must
be 230 V!
Figure 114
CAUTION:
Components of the DX-S system can be damaged if wall outlet does not
conform to the installation planning instructions.
Check that installation planning checklist is completed.
In USA:
Use a NEMA 5-20P mains cable to connect the isolation transformer with the wall
outlet.
Result
(4)
(5)
The electrical installation is complete and the Digitizer is at its final place.
Continue with section 7 and 7.5.
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 84
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
6.11.3
Multiple
Socket
Appropriate
mains cable
Wall
Outlet
Monitor
DX-S
NX
Firewire
Figure 115: Cable connections configuration 3
WARNING:
Using different power circles may lead to ground potential differences:
In this case the leakage current via FireWire cable may exceed the limits
as defined by IEC 60601:
Confirm that both, NX Workstation and Digitizer are connected to the same
ground, e.g. via multiple socket or UPS.
(1)
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 85
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
NOTE:
A country-specific multiple socket is not part of the delivery and has to be obtained
locally for the DX-S System as separate components'.
(2)
Result
Connect multiple socket with appropriate mains cable to wall outlet according to
the country-specific needs and the technical specifications (see Figure 115).
The electrical installation is complete and the Digitizer is at its final place.
Continue with section 7 and 7.5.
7.1
Visual
Check
Cleaning
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 86
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
in
Press the lock-mechanism
cutout of cassette with a blunt tool
(not sharp-edged).
(1)
(2)
A
2
B
3
NOTE:
Ensure that the image plate
(B) is not scratched by the
shutter.
(3)
7.2
pressure
even surface
pressure
even surface
Figure 116
Switch on the Digitizer and wait for completion of the self test.
(2)
Figure 117
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 87
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
(3)
Get installed
NOTE:
The e-labels of the Digitizer bear the correct serial number.
The Control PC is delivered with the dummy serial number 9999 stored in the
Infocounter (file DDMData.xml).
During the Digitizer installation the serial number stored on the Control PC must be
updated.
(4)
Figure 118
Programs
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 88
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
(5)
Figure 119
(6)
(7)
Figure 120
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 89
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
(8)
(9)
Figure 121
Figure 122
(11) Click button <Update Site Specific Data> to save the input.
Result
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 90
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
7.3
(1)
Erase an image plate of the biggest format available at the customer site.
(2)
Expose this plate with a dose of 10 Gy, rotate by 180 and expose again
with 10 Gy.
In case Full Leg Full Spine cassettes are used for calibration, follow the
positioning instructions in section 7.5 of this chapter.
NOTE:
Select the following exposure parameters to obtain a dose of 10 Gy:
12 mAs
75 kVp
Large focus
The values are approximate and may vary among the X-ray devices.
(3)
Go to: <Start
Program
Agfa DX-S
Open DX-S Service Client>
(4)
Calibration>.
Click <Calibrate>
The bullet in screen gets green. The DX-S is ready for calibration now.
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 91
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
(6)
(7)
The resulting calibration line is automatically stored in the e-label of the scan head
control board.
As an example for the resulting calibration lines see Figure 123:
Figure 123
(8)
Result
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 92
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
7.4
(2)
(3)
Go to: <Start
Program
Agfa DX-S
Open DX-S Service Client>
(4)
(5)
The current calibration line for gain and offset is loaded from the Digitizer and is
displayed.
(6)
Calibration>.
Figure 124
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 93
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
(7)
(8)
(9)
7.5
Example 1:
The customer uses 3 x FLFS cassettes 35 x 43 cm, plus 3 x Genrad
cassettes 24 x 30 cm use the 35 x 43 cm FLFS cassette.
Example 2:
The customer uses 2 x Genrad cassettes 35 x 43 cm plus 3 x FLFS
cassettes 35 x 43 cm use the 35 x 43 cm Genrad cassette.
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 94
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
Procedure
(1)
(2)
Open the cassette and check the image plate (IP) for scratches. If no
scratches are visible, select this IP.
(3)
180 rotation
Exposure 2
FLFS cassette
Area used by
shading calibration
Area used by
shading calibration
5160_ch3.6_010.cdr
Figure 125
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 95
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
8.1
8.1.1
Exposing a Flatfield
(1)
Rotating
Anode
X-ray tube
Cathode
OK
NOK
Figure 126
(2)
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 96
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
(3)
(4)
(5)
Exam Group:
<System Diagnosis>
Figure 127
8.1.2
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 97
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
(1)
Insert the software CD ROM of the Digitizer into the CD ROM Drive.
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
Select <OK>.
(7)
(8)
(9)
IMPORTANT:
On the NX Workstation the image is displayed rotated to portrait.
Definitions
Evaluating a Flatfield
Slow scan direction
represents the movement of the scan head
on the scan head carrier.
Fast scan direction
is the line by line reading of the scan head.
8.1.3
(1)
Inspect the scanned image for homogeneity. If there are no lines visible,
(see Figure 128), the image quality is acceptable.
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 98
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
IMPORTANT:
If a FLFS cassette is used for flatfield exposure, the image will be slightly darker in the
upper and lower image area where the backscatter protection is removed
(approximately 1 cm each). These darker zones also have to be used for image quality
evaluation in slow scan and fast scan direction.
Effect exaggerated
Genrad Cassette
HD5.0
FLFS Cassette
Backscatter
Protection
HD5.0 FLFS
10 mm
10 mm
FLFS
Figure 129
White spots
Scratches
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 99
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
8.1.3.1
Without
"Limit
Pattern"
Calibration Lines
Sharp white lines in slow scan
direction showing the transition lines
from one CCD element to the other.
Flatfield (detail)
Diagnostic Image
Figure 130
With
"Limit
Pattern"
Figure 131
If sharp white lines in slow scan direction or the typical limit pattern for calibration lines
can be seen:
(1)
(2)
NOTE:
If there are unacceptable image flaws, please contact the
Regional Support Network (RSN). For external partners: Please contact your local
Agfa representative.
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
8.1.3.2
Without
"Limit
Pattern"
Banding
Blurred white lines parallel to fastscan direction on the flatfield:
This can happen due to
inhomogeneities in the slow-scan
process (e.g. stepper motors, air
bearings, steel ropes, etc.).
Flatfield (detail)
Diagnostic Image
Figure 132
With
"Limit
Pattern"
Figure 133
If stripes parallel to fast scan direction or the typical limit pattern for banding
can be seen:
(1)
(2)
NOTE:
If there are unacceptable image flaws, please contact the Regional Support Network
(RSN). For external partners: Please contact your local Agfa representative.
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 101
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
8.1.3.3
Dust
Pale stripes in slow-scan direction.
In the example in Figure 134 the dust lines
have been pointed out for a better illustration.
Flatfield (detail)
Diagnostic Image
Figure 134
(1)
(2)
NOTE:
If there are unacceptable image flaws, please contact the Regional Support Network
(RSN). For external partners: Please contact your local Agfa representative.
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 102
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
8.2
8.3
Result
(1)
Go to: <Start
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
Save HOT file in C:/Documents and settings all users /Application Data/DX-S/
log/
Save as HOT_ddmmyyyy.txt.
Programs
Agfa DX-S
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 103
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
Figure 135
(1)
9.1
Figure 136
(2)
Service
Stop NX>.
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 104
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
Result
9.2
(3)
(4)
(5)
Control Panel>,
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
Figure 137
(6)
Click <No>.
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 105
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
(7)
(8)
(9)
Figure 138
Figure 139
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 106
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
Figure 140
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 107
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
(19) In the subsequent dialog, click button <Close> and restart the Control PC.
(20) Log in with crservice account.
(21) Close the NX application.
(22) Stop the NX service.
(23) Restart the Digitizer.
When it establishes the connection with the Control PC, an error message
appears on the PC screen:
The firmware version is incorrect
Figure 141
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 108
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
9.3
SW Upload>
Figure 142
(2)
(3)
(4)
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 109
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
(5)
Wait until the animation in the Activity bar is stopped and the message
<Restart of DX-S Service or of Digitizer required> is
displayed in the last line of the Activity textbox.
(6)
Figure 143
(7)
Info Counter>
Figure 144
(8)
Result
The software on the Digitizer is now updated and the system can be started again.
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 110
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
9.4
Agfa
NX
Service
Start NX>.
Figure 145
(2)
(3)
Result
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 111
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
10
(2)
Programs
Agfa DX-S
Figure 146
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 112
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
(3)
Figure 147
(4)
Figure 148
(5)
Result:
DX-S Digitizer Software is prepared for the use on sites located between 2000 and
3000 m.
Additionally, the modified pump unit is required.
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 113
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
To check whether the Digitizer hardware is prepared for the use on sites located
between 2000 and 3000 m the pump unit must be checked.
NOTE:
The modified pump unit can be recognized by a label on its surface.
To check whether the modified pump unit is already installed, proceed as follows:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
If a modified pump unit is installed, the Digitizer is prepared for the use on an
altitude between 2000 and 3000 m.
If no modified pump unit is installed, the last index of the part number is < 4 and
the pump unit has to be replaced by the modified one.
Detailed information about availability of the modified pump has been
communicated via DX-S Service Bulletin, DD+DIS215.07E. See section 1.
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 114
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
11
No.
(1)
Task
Code
OK
INS
INS
Check which installation (2.1 or 2.2 or 2.3) applies to the present situation and check whether all
steps have been done.
(2.1)
(2.2)
(2.3)
INS
INS
INS
INS
INS
INS
INS
INS
INS
INS
INS
INS
INS
INS
INS
INS
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 115
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
No.
(3)
(4)
(5)
Task
Code
Step
OK
Configuration of DX-S
Configured site -specific data (section 7.2)
INS
INS
Digitizer Calibration
Performed scan head focus calibration (section 7.3)
INS
INS
Conclusion of Installation
Checked the technical image quality of the DX-S system
(section 8.1)
INS
INS
INS
INS
Filled in the form "Site and System Data" and sent it to national data
administrator
INS
INS
Edition 2, Revision 5
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 1 / 116
Agfa Company Confidential
HEALTHCARE
Chapter 2
Functional Description
Imaging Services
DX-S
Type 5160
Edition.
Revision
July DD+DIS014.05E
Functional Description
2.3
Aug. DD+DIS294.07E
2.4
Timeline
Document No.
2008
2009
Edition 2, Revision 5
08-2009 printed in Germany
DD+DIS014.05E
Functional Description
This page is intentionally left blank to enable print out of even and odd pages on duplex printers.
Edition 2, Revision 5
08-2009
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 2 / 2
HEALTHCARE
Chapter 2
Functional Description
Imaging Services
DX-S
Type 5160
Document History
Edition.
Revision
Release
Date
Changes
compared to previous Version 2.2
2.3
07-2008
Referenced Documents
Document
Title
Chapter 1
Chapter 6
Chapter 11
SIB No. 29
Edition 2, Revision 3
07-2008 printed in Germany
DD+DIS014.05E
Functional Description
Manufacturer
Agfa HealthCare N.V.
Publisher
Agfa-Gevaert HealthCare GmbH
Tegernseer Landstrae 161
D - 81539 Mnchen
Germany
Copyright 2008 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
All rights reserved.
Technical modifications reserved.
AGFA and the Agfa-Rhombus are trademarks of Agfa HealthCare N.V.
WARNING:
Improper operation or service activities may cause damage or injuries.
INSTRUCTION:
(1)
(2)
Strictly observe all safety directions within the "Generic Safety Directions" and on
the product.
NOTE:
To verify the latest version of single documents and of Service Manuals refer to the
Document Type Order List in the GSO library.
Edition 2, Revision 3
07-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 2 / 2
DD+DIS014.05E
Functional Description
LIST OF CONTENTS
CR Components .......................................................................................................................5
1.2
Introduction ...............................................................................................................................7
2.2
2.2.1
2.3
DX-S System.............................................................................................................................9
2.3.1
DX-S CASSETTES.................................................................................................................13
3.1
Introduction .............................................................................................................................13
3.2
Properties................................................................................................................................14
3.3
Cassette Formats....................................................................................................................15
3.4
Applications.............................................................................................................................16
4.2
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
5.6
5.6.1
5.6.2
5.6.3
Circuit Diagram for Flashlight Erasure Unit and LED Erasure Unit ........................................45
Edition 2, Revision 3
07-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 2 / 3
DD+DIS014.05E
Functional Description
Overview .................................................................................................................................63
8.2
8.2.1
8.2.2
8.3
8.4
Edition 2, Revision 3
07-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 2 / 4
DD+DIS014.05E
Functional Description
1.1
CR Components
DX-S Detector
A DX-S detector is a MD50 cassette with a needle image plate (NIP) inside.
The MD50 cassette is the container for the image plate. During the handling outside
the digitizer (e.g. exposing the plate) the image plate is in the cassette. It is only
opened inside the digitizer.
The image plate takes the place of the X-ray film in a conventional system. It receives
the X-ray radiation and stores a latent image. The image plates can be reused
thousands of times. The actual restriction of utilization is the mechanical robustness.
The image plate has an internal chip card which holds cassette settings and
scan parameters belonging to a certain X-ray exposure.
NX Processing station
NX is a stand-alone CR/DR Processing station meaning that it operates completely
on its own. It does all the work by itself on one single PC:
Acquiring images,
Processing images,
Displaying images and
Distribution of the released images.
The digitizer and the NX Processing station are directly linked by a
FireWire connection. This is advantageous as the radiographer can stay all the time in
the room, together with the patient.
DX-S Digitizer
The DX-S is used to read the latent image on the image plate (IP). After the cassette
is exposed, it is inserted into the digitizer. Then it is identified via Direct ID on the
NX processing station. The digitizer reads the data on the ID chip, opens the
cassette, takes out the image plate and scans it line by line. The latent image on the
image plate is stimulated by means of a laser beam that emits light according to the
X-ray exposure.
The data from the ID chip is used to set the scan parameters correctly (e.g. speed
class, image plate size, thickness of IP, etc.) for this individual X-ray exposure.
The emitted light is converted into 16 bit, dose linear image data. This image is
transmitted on the fly via FireWire connection to the NX processing station.
After scanning / transmitting is finished the image plate is erased with very bright light
to make it ready for the next exposure. The IP is put back into the cassette, returned
to the user and ready for the next examination.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 2, Revision 3
07-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 2 / 5
DD+DIS014.05E
1.2
Functional Description
X-Ray Device
DX-S
All in One
Archive
Station
Type 5163/100
Printer
figure 1
The above example shows the digitizer connected via FireWire cable to a
NX processing station with installed ASAP (AGFA Scanner Access package).
The digitizer reads the latent image on the image plate. At the DX-S the
demographic data are always entered via Direct ID.
This data can be entered manually or by retrieving the data from a
Hospital or Radiology Information System (HIS/RIS).
There is no ID-tablet used.
After an exposed cassette was inserted into the digitizer, the demographic data have to
be entered in the NX Processing station. As soon as the green ID button in the
NX user interface was clicked, the digitizer starts scanning the image plate.
The digitizer then sends the image data to the NX processing station. If required, a fast
preview option can be activated. On the NX processing station the raw image data are
processed by the MUSICA software. From there the processed images can be sent to
a PACS station for softcopy reporting.
The images can also be sent from the NX processing station to a printer. The images
then can be used for hardcopy reporting and be stored physically.
Edition 2, Revision 3
07-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 2 / 6
DD+DIS014.05E
Functional Description
2.1
Introduction
Below we give a short introduction of the new scanning principle and provide a
comparison of flying spot scanning in conventional CR systems and the
new scan head technology in DX-S.
In DX-S, a new scanning principle is employed for the first time:
the line-at-a-time instead of the point-at-a-time scanning
This line-at-a-time scanning is put into practice with a new scan unit, the so called
scan head, which provides:
a linear, laser-diode based stimulation source.
a light collection/detection system with specially designed optics and multiple,
linear, asymmetric charge coupled devices (CCDs).
Compared to flying spot systems, the scan process is executed at a
stationary fixed image plate.
Edition 2, Revision 3
07-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 2 / 7
DD+DIS014.05E
Functional Description
2.2
Conventional CR Systems
2.2.1
CR
5160_chap02_002.cdr
figure 2
A tightly focused laser beam stimulates the latent image on a moving storage
screen one point-at-a-time.
The emitted light from each point is collected and then converted into an
analog electrical signal by a photo detector the photo multiplier tube (PMT).
Edition 2, Revision 3
07-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 2 / 8
DD+DIS014.05E
Functional Description
2.3
DX-S System
2.3.1
Scanhead
5160_chap02_003.cdr
figure 3
Edition 2, Revision 3
07-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 2 / 9
DD+DIS014.05E
Functional Description
5160_chap02_004.cdr
figure 4
The Scan Head is one compact unit and consists of the following components:
laser sources (see section 2.3.1.1),
beam shaping optics (see section 2.3.1.1),
intensity control (see section 2.3.1.1),
light collector (see section 2.3.1.2),
filter (see section 2.3.1.3),
photo detectors,
control electronics for pre-processing the captured signal.
In the following, the major components of this scan head are described.
2.3.1.1
Edition 2, Revision 3
07-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 2 / 10
DD+DIS014.05E
Functional Description
Two plan-convex cylindrical lenses are used to focus the less diverging (vertical) beam
to maintain reasonable detected quantum efficiency (DQE) in slow-scan direction.
Intensity control is needed to minimize static and dynamic exposure fluctuations to the
IP, which cause visible banding artifacts in the image.
Due to variability of laser diode outputs, static intensity variations can be calibrated by
measuring the scanned line profile for a flat-field exposure and correcting the
subsequent scanned data according to the measured profile.
Since the laser diodes are driven directly, dynamic intensity fluctuations are corrected
by using an active feedback.
Laser Diode
Linear CCD
Photodetector
Cylindrical Lenses
Optical filter
Collection Optics
Image Plate
5160_chap02_005.cdr
figure 5
To achieve the usual beam geometry of a flying-spot scanner the stimulation and
detection sections in the scan head are also on the same side of the IP and therefore
angled relative to the plate (see figure above as a view along the scan head axis).
Suitable angles for the stimulation and collection sections were determined by
balancing the optical behavior of the incident beam, the signal output at the
photo detector and DQE.
Edition 2, Revision 3
07-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 2 / 11
DD+DIS014.05E
2.3.1.2
Functional Description
Linear
CCD Array
Emitted
Light
Linear Array
Scan Line
5160_chap02_006.cdr
figure 6
2.3.1.3
Optical Filter
The purpose of the optical filter is to block all light that is not stimulated on the IP. This
means, that the filter needs to have high transmission characteristics for the emitted
wavelengths (400-450 nm) and extreme low transmission for all other wavelengths.
The requirements for the optical filter are higher than the ones for flying-spot scanners,
because when the IP is stimulated, IR radiation is also produced. In contrast to the
photo multiplier tube (PMT) of flying-spot scanners, the CCD photo detectors are
sensitive for the wavelength in the IR-range.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 2, Revision 3
07-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 2 / 12
DD+DIS014.05E
DX-S Cassettes
3.1
Introduction
Functional Description
The cassettes for the DX-S are completely different from ADC cassettes.
The rear side color of the cassette shows the type of image plate inside, e.g. gray is
used for the needle image plates (NIP).
The tube side is black.
NOTE:
It is not possible to use other ADC cassettes (e.g. ADC 70, ADC Solo etc.) in
the DX-S.
WARNING:
If you drop a cassette, the needle image plate (IP) may
be damaged and cause severe damage in the digitizer.
Always check the detector (cassette with IP) thoroughly
after it has been dropped.
Note the warning label.
figure 7
5160_chap02_007
CAUTION:
The needle image plate (IP) is fragile and very expensive:
Risk of damage.
When replacing or cleaning the needle IP great care must be taken.
Never put an image plate down on its phosphor-coated side.
Never moisten the image plate itself!
NOTE:
Sometimes you may find the term detector in this context.
Detector is used as a superordinate for the entity of cassette and needle IP.
Edition 2, Revision 3
07-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 2 / 13
DD+DIS014.05E
3.2
Functional Description
Properties
The cassettes have the following properties:
figure 8
5160_chap02_009
A fleece inside the cassette protects against scratches and a lead foil serves as
back scatter protection.
There is no chip to store patient or examination data. This chip is part of the
image plate.
Rubber corners protect cassette and image plate; anyway cassette and
image plate are drop sensitive! (see figure 9)
Edition 2, Revision 3
07-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 2 / 14
DD+DIS014.05E
18 x 24
Functional Description
Clip
Warning
label
Shutter-opening
mechanism
Label
Rubber
corner
protections
Sealing lip
for
Light tightness
figure 9
3.3
Cassette Formats
DX-S cassettes are available in the following formats:
18 x 24 cm
24 x 30 cm
30 x 15 cm
35 x 43 cm
NOTE:
Only the 35 x 43 detector format is supported for FLFS application.
For more details on FLFS refer to section 3.4.
Edition 2, Revision 3
07-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 2 / 15
DD+DIS014.05E
3.4
Functional Description
Applications
The following applications for the cassettes have to be regarded:
The patient can stand on top of the cassette (but avoid the patient standing on the
hinge of the cassette).
No CR Mammography is supported.
No CR Radiotherapy is supported.
NOTE:
Full Leg Full Spine (= FLFS) is supported.
Mandatory prerequisites for FLFS with the DX-S System are digitizer software
STR_1404 or higher and a NX software version 2.0.68xx or higher.
Please refer to DX-S Service Information Bulletin No. 29 Full Leg Full Spine (FLFS) Phase 1b released for DX-S Systems, DD+DIS324.07E
within MedNet GSO Library.
Edition 2, Revision 3
07-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 2 / 16
DD+DIS014.05E
Functional Description
4.1
4.2
Layer
Purpose
Top layer:
Coating
(parylene layer):
Phosphor:
Base:
Aluminum plate
A thicker phosphor layer allows higher absorption compared with ADC cassettes.
Edition 2, Revision 3
07-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 2 / 17
DD+DIS014.05E
Functional Description
A chip to store the image plate and ID data is included. (see figure 10)
figure 10
5160_chap02_011
For a flat field exposure (2 x 10 Gy) a 1.5 mm Cu filter (spare part number*:
CM+9 5155 1015 2) is used to obtain a dose of 10 Gy.
* The last digit in the spare part number indicates the spare part revision at release of
this document. When ordering, the actual revision of the spare part is delivered.
The following exposure parameters have to be selected:
- 12 mAs
- 75 kVp
- 1.3 m (51,2) distance and
- Large focus.
The values are approximate and may vary among the X-ray devices.
Edition 2, Revision 3
07-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 2 / 18
DD+DIS014.05E
Functional Description
The following overview lists the main modules of the DX-S digitizer:
Frame
(without figure)
IP handling unit
Scan head
Erasure unit
Edition 2, Revision 3
07-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 2 / 19
DD+DIS014.05E
5.1
Functional Description
3
4
5
6
8
5160_chap02_012.cdr
figure 11
Edition 2, Revision 3
07-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 2 / 20
DD+DIS014.05E
Functional Description
No.
Name
Function
fixer clamp-position
sensor
ID engine
dimension 24
control sensor
dimension 30
control sensor
dimension 35
control sensor
dimension 43
control sensor
fixer home-position
sensor
Edition 2, Revision 3
07-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 2 / 21
DD+DIS014.05E
Functional Description
16
17
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
5160_chap02_013.cdr
figure 12
Edition 2, Revision 3
07-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 2 / 22
DD+DIS014.05E
Functional Description
No.
Name
Function
10
cover-opener
control sensor
11
cassette handling
board
12
IP adapter board
13
stepper motor
opener
14
15
locking cassette
contact sensor
16
17
stepper motor
locking
dual pulsed
transmitter for snap
hooks
--
--
Z-sensor
Edition 2, Revision 3
07-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 2 / 23
DD+DIS014.05E
5.2
Functional Description
IP Handling Unit
(Assembly No. 300)
Front View IP Handling Unit:
7
2
6
5
5160_chap02_014.cdr
figure 13
Edition 2, Revision 3
07-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 2 / 24
DD+DIS014.05E
Functional Description
No.
Name
Function
segments (11x)
pressure sucker
valve
sliding rails
Edition 2, Revision 3
07-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 2 / 25
DD+DIS014.05E
Functional Description
6
7
8
5160_chap02_015.cdr
figure 14
Edition 2, Revision 3
07-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 2 / 26
DD+DIS014.05E
Functional Description
No.
Name
Function
vacuum distribution
plate
pressure-sucker
valve
begin of scan
sensor
(BOS sensor)
bottom-end control
sensor
Edition 2, Revision 3
07-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 2 / 27
DD+DIS014.05E
Functional Description
19
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
5160_chap02_016.cdr
figure 15
Edition 2, Revision 3
07-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 2 / 28
DD+DIS014.05E
Functional Description
No.
Name
Function
air bearings
10
upper-end control
sensor
11
collision control
sensor
12
13
steel ropes
IP platform
14
15
16
IP handling board
17
stepper motor
connector
18
connector
19
Edition 2, Revision 3
07-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 2 / 29
DD+DIS014.05E
5.3
Functional Description
Transport Unit
General Overview Transport Unit:
4
5
5160_chap02_017.cdr
figure 16
Edition 2, Revision 3
07-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 2 / 30
DD+DIS014.05E
Functional Description
No.
Name
Function
linear transport
linear transport
home position
sensor
Slot A is open when the snap hooks have engaged properly with the IP. This
is important as the IP is not released until the stepper motor locking gets the
signal from the dual pulsed transmitter for snap hooks that the snap hooks
hold the IP securely.
Slot B is open when the snap hooks have completely released the scanned
and erased IP. This is important as the stepper motor linear transport does
not start to move the linear transport downwards until it has received the
signal from the dual pulsed receiver for snap hooks.
Edition 2, Revision 3
07-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 2 / 31
DD+DIS014.05E
5.4
Functional Description
8
9
13
10
5
6
11
12
5160_chap02_020a.cdr
figure 17
Edition 2, Revision 3
07-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 2 / 32
DD+DIS014.05E
Functional Description
NOTE:
The interior of the air supply unit contains no serviceable parts and must not
be opened.
In the air supply unit the vacuum for the suction of the IP and the air pressure for the
scan head air bearings are produced.
The air pressure produced is 2.5 bar, and the vacuum 0.6 bar.
No.
Name
Function
chimney
10
vacuum distributor
11
12
drainage valves
13
Edition 2, Revision 3
07-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 2 / 33
DD+DIS014.05E
Functional Description
19
16
17
18
15
14
5160_chap02_020b.cdr
figure 18
Edition 2, Revision 3
07-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 2 / 34
DD+DIS014.05E
Functional Description
No.
Name
Function
14
vacuum accumulator
(not visible)
15
16
17
18
19
The air pressure tanks are located in the frame of the digitizer and can thus not be
seen in figure 17 and 18.
Edition 2, Revision 3
07-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 2 / 35
DD+DIS014.05E
Functional Description
3
4
6
5
5160_chap02_021.cdr
figure 19
Edition 2, Revision 3
07-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 2 / 36
DD+DIS014.05E
Functional Description
No.
Name
Function
pressure sensor
dehumidifier
This very fine filter makes sure that the air used in the
digitizer is absolutely clean.
This is very important for the function of the
components and the cleanliness of the image plate.
micro filter 5 m
This very fine filter makes sure that the air used in the
digitizer is absolutely clean.
Edition 2, Revision 3
07-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 2 / 37
DD+DIS014.05E
5.5
Functional Description
Scan Head
(Assembly No. 500)
10
9
8
11
7
6
5
4
5160_chap02_018.cdr
figure 20
Edition 2, Revision 3
07-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 2 / 38
DD+DIS014.05E
Functional Description
The scan head scans the IP by stimulating and detecting the data. (see section 2.3)
It has several optical elements, a CCD array with 6 CCDs and 40 laser diodes with an
effect of 50 mW on the IP.
No.
Name
Function
right precision
switch
10
11
Edition 2, Revision 3
07-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 2 / 39
DD+DIS014.05E
Functional Description
5160_chap02_019.cdr
figure 21
Edition 2, Revision 3
07-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 2 / 40
DD+DIS014.05E
Functional Description
No.
Name
Function
flexboard
distribution board
Edition 2, Revision 3
07-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 2 / 41
DD+DIS014.05E
5.6
Functional Description
Erasure Unit
(Assembly No. 600)
5.6.1
6
9
2
5
3
5160_chap02_022.cdr
figure 22
Edition 2, Revision 3
07-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 2 / 42
DD+DIS014.05E
Functional Description
No.
Name
Function
light source
fan
The fan moves the cooling air through the air duct.
air duct
glass fiber
connection I
glass fiber
connection II
power connection
Edition 2, Revision 3
07-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 2 / 43
DD+DIS014.05E
5.6.2
Functional Description
1
2
5160_chap02_060.cdr
figure 23
No.
Name
Function
light source
power connection
Main voltage.
The flat band cable connects the erasure unit to the
distribution board.
Edition 2, Revision 3
07-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 2 / 44
DD+DIS014.05E
5.6.3
Functional Description
Circuit Diagram for Flashlight Erasure Unit and LED Erasure Unit
General Overview Power Supply:
Line voltage 85V-264V 50/60Hz
Chassis of main
Power supply
Inlet
Connector
IEC320/C14
85 264V 50/60Hz
Remote
ON/OFF
Line filter
(Maximal allowable current 264V/230A and
132V/130A)
ON/OFF
Outputs V1-V8
CTRL-lines
Integrated
circuit (see
Paragraph 7.0)
FAN
5160_chap02_023_new.cdr
figure 24
Edition 2, Revision 3
07-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 2 / 45
DD+DIS014.05E
Functional Description
figure 25
After the cassette has been inserted into the slot the digitizer is performing the
following steps automatically:
1. The sensor R208 detects the
cassette in the slot.
R208
figure 26
Edition 2, Revision 3
07-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 2 / 46
DD+DIS014.05E
Functional Description
24 x 18 cm
30 x 24 cm
35 x 35 cm
43 x 35 cm
B276
B277
B278
B279
figure 27
B253
figure 28
M213
figure 29
Edition 2, Revision 3
07-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 2 / 47
DD+DIS014.05E
Functional Description
B258
figure 30
M216
B256
Pin
5160_chap02_030.cd
figure 31
B252
5160_chap02_031.cd
figure 32
Edition 2, Revision 3
07-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 2 / 48
DD+DIS014.05E
Functional Description
B257
5160_chap02_032.cdr
figure 33
M217
figure 34
Edition 2, Revision 3
07-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 2 / 49
DD+DIS014.05E
Functional Description
figure 35
Edition 2, Revision 3
07-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 2 / 50
DD+DIS014.05E
Functional Description
M320
5160_chap02_035.cdr
figure 36
5160_chap02_036.cdr
figure 37
Edition 2, Revision 3
07-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 2 / 51
DD+DIS014.05E
Functional Description
5160_chap02_037.cdr
figure 38
5160_chap02_038.cdr
figure 39
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 2, Revision 3
07-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 2 / 52
DD+DIS014.05E
Functional Description
MG4
5160_chap02_039.cdr
figure 40
MG4
8
10
2
11
5160_chap02_040.cdr
figure 41
Edition 2, Revision 3
07-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 2 / 53
DD+DIS014.05E
Functional Description
M510
M511
5160_chap02_041.cdr
figure 42
B569
B570
5160_chap02_042.cdr
figure 43
Edition 2, Revision 3
07-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 2 / 54
DD+DIS014.05E
Functional Description
S505
S506
not visible
5160_chap02_043.cdr
figure 44
B572
B574
5160_chap02_044.cdr
figure 45
Edition 2, Revision 3
07-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 2 / 55
DD+DIS014.05E
Functional Description
5160_chap02_045.cdr
figure 46
B386
5160_chap02_046.cdr
figure 47
Edition 2, Revision 3
07-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 2 / 56
DD+DIS014.05E
Functional Description
B362
5160_chap02_047.cdr
figure 48
B366
5160_chap02_048.cdr
figure 49
Edition 2, Revision 3
07-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 2 / 57
DD+DIS014.05E
Functional Description
5160_chap02_049.cdr
figure 50
5160_chap02_050.cdr
figure 51
Edition 2, Revision 3
07-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 2 / 58
DD+DIS014.05E
Functional Description
stroboscopic light
figure 52
the cassette.
figure 53
Edition 2, Revision 3
07-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 2 / 59
DD+DIS014.05E
Functional Description
M320
5160_chap02_035.cdr
figure 54
M217
5160_chap02_054.cdr
figure 55
Edition 2, Revision 3
07-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 2 / 60
DD+DIS014.05E
Functional Description
M216
B257
Pin
5160_chap02_055.cdr
figure 56
B258
5160_chap02_056.cdr
figure 57
Edition 2, Revision 3
07-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 2 / 61
DD+DIS014.05E
Functional Description
M213
5160_chap02_057.cdr
figure 58
5160_chap02_058.cdr
figure 59
Edition 2, Revision 3
07-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 2 / 62
DD+DIS014.05E
Software Architecture
8.1
Overview
Functional Description
The NX software and the ASAP (Agfa scanner access package) incl. the
DX-S service client (DX-S service software) are installed on the NX processing station.
This PC is also called Control PC of the DX-S system.
Interaction between the NX processing station and the ASAP is done via a
TWAIN interface on the PC.
Connection to the SHI board of the digitizer takes place via FireWire cable.
From there, the software is distributed to the microcontrollers of the corresponding
hardware components via CAN bus.
Not only allows the software the full functionality of the digitizer, but also the easy
accessibility to service facilities and hardware components.
8.2
8.2.1
Edition 2, Revision 3
07-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 2 / 63
DD+DIS014.05E
8.2.2
Functional Description
Cassette handling board: tag reader, cassette fixer, cassette opener and
cassette locking.
Power supply.
IP handling board: linear transport, snap hooks, slow scan and connector.
Air control board: vacuum fixation and air pressure conditioning unit.
SHI
board
power
supply
scan head
QS station
cassette
handling
board
vacuum fixation
air pressure conditioning unit
tag reader
cassette fixer
cassette opener
cassette locking
user
interface
linear transport
snaphooks
slow scan
connector
LCD
touch panel
status indicator
IP handling
board
air control
board
distribution
board
CAN bus
5160_chap02_059.cdr
figure 60
In the DX-S, the user interface and the distribution board act as resistances.
Therefore the communication between the participants is only possible when these two
are connected to the CAN bus.
If one of the other participants fail, it automatically disconnects himself from the
CAN bus and the communication between the others is still possible.
Edition 2, Revision 3
07-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 2 / 64
DD+DIS014.05E
Functional Description
Examples for the information flow via CAN bus in the DX-S digitizer:
(1) When the cassette opener has opened the cassette, the IP is fixed inside the
cassette to prevent it from falling down.
The cassette opener does not release the IP until it gets the information from the
snap hooks, that they have hooked the IP.
(2) The slow scan does not start to move the scan head towards the IP unless it gets
the confirmation that the vacuum has been built up holding the IP firmly to the
IP platform.
NOTE:
The SHI board and the control PC are linked via a FireWire cable. The SHI board gets
information from the other participants via CAN bus, and sends it to the
control PC via FireWire.
This information flow also works vice versa:
Information from the control PC is sent via FireWire to the SHI board and from there
via CAN bus to the other participants.
8.3
8.4
Edition 2, Revision 3
07-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 2 / 65
This page is intentionally left blank to enable print out of even and odd pages on duplex printers.
Chapter 2
HEALTHCARE
Functional Description
Imaging Services
DX-S System
Software / Hardware Compatibility Chart
DX-S System
Document History
Edition.
Revision
Release
Date
Changes
compared to previous Version 2.4
2.5
05-2010
Referenced Documents
Document
Title
NX Service Documentation
Edition 2, Revision 5
05-2010 printed in Germany
Functional Description
DD+DIS294.07E
Manufacturer
Agfa HealthCare N.V.
Publisher
Agfa-Gevaert HealthCare GmbH
Tegernseer Landstrae 161
D - 81539 Mnchen
Germany
Copyright 2010 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
All rights reserved.
Technical modifications reserved.
AGFA and the Agfa-Rhombus are trademarks of Agfa HealthCare N.V.
WARNING:
Improper operation or service activities may cause damage or injuries.
INSTRUCTION:
(1)
(2)
Strictly observe all safety directions within the "Generic Safety Directions" and on
the product.
NOTE:
To verify the latest version of single documents and of Service Manuals refer to the
Document Type Order List in the GSO library.
Edition 2, Revision 5
05-2010
DX-S System
Chapter 2 / 2
Functional Description
DD+DIS294.07E
LIST OF CONTENTS
1.2
1.3
1.4
Edition 2, Revision 5
05-2010
DX-S System
Chapter 2 / 3
Functional Description
DD+DIS294.07E
Software
Hardware
Supported applications
Indicates which DX-S System components are released for the respective
DX-S System Versions with `yes and `no answers.
NOTE:
The DX-S System version contains a continuous number which will be increased when
one of the delivered system components changes.
NOTE:
Explanation to tables in sections 1.2 and 1.3:
The system version contains a continuous number which increases when one of the
delivered system components changes.
9
-
Edition 2, Revision 5
05-2010
DX-S System
Chapter 2 / 4
Functional Description
DD+DIS294.07E
1.1
Not applicable
Not applicable
Introduction of NX 2.0.6805
10
11
12
13
Edition 2, Revision 5
05-2010
DX-S System
Chapter 2 / 5
Functional Description
DD+DIS294.07E
1.2
Component description
V4
V5
V6
V8
V9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Version 2.0.6805
9
9
9
9
DX-S
STR_1404
Digitizer with
software STR_1404B
version
STR_1504
STR_1505
Version 1.0.3203 (SP1)
Version 2.0.8000/3.0.8000
Version 2.0.8100/3.0.8100
Version 2.0.8200/3.0.8200
-1)
-1)
-1)
-1)
Accessory: UPS
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
General Radiology
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Accessory
Application
V7
2)
V3
V1&2
STR_1306
not
applicable
Transformer
CR Touch monitor
Edition 2, Revision 5
05-2010
DX-S System
Chapter 2 / 6
Functional Description
DD+DIS294.07E
1.3
Hardware
and / or
Software
Compatibility of
Components towards DX-S
System Versions
Component description
V 10
V 11
V 12
V 13
9
9
9
STR_1505
STR_1306
STR_1404
DX-S
Digitizer with STR_1404B
software
STR_1504
version
Version 2.0.6805
Version 2.0.6805 (SU1)
NX
Version 2.0.6805 (SU2)
Workstation
software Version 2008
Detector/
Cassette
Version 2.0.8000/3.0.8000
Version 2.0.8100/3.0.8100
Version 2.0.8200/3.0.8200
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Accessory
9
9
General Radiology
Full Leg Full Spine
NOTE:
Remarks for overview tables DX-S System Components:
1)
= Accessory All-in-One cart (Cut-down version) has been released with DX-S System
version 7 but can be used with all DX-S System versions.
2)
= With the release of `DX-S System version 8 the `DX-S System version 7 is
obsolete as a new installation.
3)
= FLFS Detector (= NIP together with FLFS cassette) and FLFS cassette are
available via separate ABC-Codes.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 2, Revision 5
05-2010
DX-S System
Chapter 2 / 7
Functional Description
DD+DIS294.07E
NOTE:
For further information about the compatibility of the NX software (e.g. with the NX
workstation hardware), refer to the Software / Hardware Compatibility Chart of the
respective NX Service Documentation on MedNet GSO Library.
Path:
Computed Radiography CR Workstation Software <NX version> Technical
Documentation Chapter 01 - Software-Hardware Compatibility Chart
1.4
Edition 2, Revision 5
05-2010
DX-S System
Chapter 2 / 8
Functional Description
DD+DIS294.07E
Edition 2, Revision 5
05-2010
DX-S System
Chapter 2 / 9
This page is intentionally left blank to enable print out of even and odd pages on duplex printers.
Chapter 3.1
HEALTHCARE
Imaging Services
DX-S
Type 5160
Document History
Edition.
Revision
Release
Date
Changes
compared to previous version 2.1
2.2
09-2007
Referenced Documents
Document
Title
Chapter 1
Chapter 11
Edition 2, Revision 2
09-2008 printed in Germany
DD+DIS014.05E
Manufacturer
Agfa HealthCare N.V.
Publisher
Agfa-Gevaert HealthCare GmbH
Tegernseer Landstrae 161
D - 81539 Mnchen
Germany
Copyright 2008 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
All rights reserved.
Technical modifications reserved.
AGFA and the Agfa-Rhombus are trademarks of Agfa HealthCare N.V.
WARNING:
Improper operation or service activities may cause damage or injuries.
INSTRUCTION:
(1)
(2)
Strictly observe all safety directions within the "Generic Safety Directions" and on
the product.
NOTE:
To verify the latest version of single documents and of Service Manuals refer to the
Document Type Order List in the GSO library.
Edition 2, Revision 2
09-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.1 / 2
DD+DIS014.05E
LIST OF CONTENTS
2.1
2.2
Laser Product............................................................................................................................6
2.3
FireWire Connector...................................................................................................................8
2.4
2.5
2.6
Detector...................................................................................................................................11
2.6.1
Cassettes ................................................................................................................................11
2.6.2
3.2
3.3
3.4
General Safety Instructions for the DX-S Digitizer (without Isolation Transformer) ...............19
3.5
3.6
Edition 2, Revision 2
09-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.1 / 3
DD+DIS014.05E
Intended Use
The digitizer must only be used to scan exposed X-ray cassettes, containing an
erasable image plate (IP).
It is intended that the digitizer is only operated in a radiological environment by
qualified staff.
a workstation where the X-ray cassettes are identified and the resulting
digital image information is further processed and routed.
Edition 2, Revision 2
09-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.1 / 4
DD+DIS014.05E
2.1
5160_chap31_001.cdr
figure 1
Edition 2, Revision 2
09-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.1 / 5
DD+DIS014.05E
2.2
Laser Product
5160_chap31_002.cdr
figure 2
The corresponding label is located at the right bottom side on the rear side of the
digitizer (see figure 2).
Edition 2, Revision 2
09-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.1 / 6
DD+DIS014.05E
Subject
WARNING:
Laser beam! Risk of serious eye
damage!
Avoid direct and indirect eye contact.
Do not open the optic module.
Do not hold any tools in the laser beam risk of reflection.
NOTE:
With covers closed the digitizer is a Class 1
laser product and not dangerous to the
human eye or skin.
Edition 2, Revision 2
09-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.1 / 7
DD+DIS014.05E
2.3
FireWire Connector
There is a label near the FireWire connection which indicates the direction of the
connector.
connector
direction
conn
dire ector
ctio
n
figure 3
Edition 2, Revision 2
09-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.1 / 8
DD+DIS014.05E
2.4
Erasure Unit
NOTE:
Digitizers with SN 1402 are equipped ex factory with the LED erasure unit.
If not replaced, digitizers with lower serial numbers are equipped with the
flash erasure unit.
Subject
WARNING:
The erasure unit is hot - up to 200 C: Risk of burns.
Avoid contact with the Erasure Unit.
Observe the relevant sticker on the Erasure Unit.
5160_chap31_007.cdr
figure 4
Subject
CAUTION:
Flash Light! Risk of eye damage!
Avoid direct and indirect eye contact.
Edition 2, Revision 2
09-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.1 / 9
DD+DIS014.05E
2.5
Type Label
5160_chap31_006.cdr
figure 5
Edition 2, Revision 2
09-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.1 / 10
DD+DIS014.05E
2.6
Detector
2.6.1
Cassettes
Task
WARNING:
If you drop a cassette, the needle image plate (IP) may be
damaged and cause severe damage in the digitizer.
Always check the detector (cassette with IP) thoroughly after it
has been dropped.
Note the warning label.
2.6.2
Task
Image Plates
Cleaning of image plate.
CAUTION:
The needle image plate (IP) is fragile and very expensive: Risk of damage.
When replacing or cleaning the needle IP great care must be taken.
Never put an image plate down on its phosphor-coated side.
Never moisten the image plate itself!
Edition 2, Revision 2
09-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.1 / 11
DD+DIS014.05E
3.1
Subject
Task
Task
Edition 2, Revision 2
09-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.1 / 12
DD+DIS014.05E
Task
Task
Task
Task
Edition 2, Revision 2
09-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.1 / 13
DD+DIS014.05E
Task
Task
Subject
Task
Edition 2, Revision 2
09-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.1 / 14
DD+DIS014.05E
Task
Task
3.2
Edition 2, Revision 2
09-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.1 / 15
DD+DIS014.05E
Task
Task
Task
Task
Edition 2, Revision 2
09-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.1 / 16
DD+DIS014.05E
Task
Task
Task
Task
Edition 2, Revision 2
09-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.1 / 17
DD+DIS014.05E
3.3
Subject
Subject
Subject
Subject
Using an UPS.
WARNING:
Images can be lost due to power failure.
Connect the equipment to an uninterruptible power supply (UPS) or an institutional
standby generator.
Edition 2, Revision 2
09-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.1 / 18
DD+DIS014.05E
3.4
figure 6
IMPORTANT:
If the DX-S system (Digitizer, PC, Monitor) is operated within the patient environment
(see figure 1) an isolating transformer has to be used according to IEC60601-1-1 standard.
All components must be connected to this isolating transformer, which guarantees the
demanded additional separation. Such an isolation transformer is available as an option by
Agfa. For specification of the transformer refer to section chapter 11 Installation Planning of
the DX-S Service Documentation.
Edition 2, Revision 2
09-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.1 / 19
DD+DIS014.05E
3.5
General Safety Instructions for the DX-S All in One System (including
Isolation Transformer)
The DX-S All in One Systems are already provided with an isolation transformer.
According to IEC 60601-1-1. the system can also be used within patient environment.
figure 7
3.6
Switch the system off before moving it. When reaching the new position, switch the
system on again.
When rolling the pedestal away from its position, take care not to pull or put any strain
on power or network leads. When reaching the new position, apply the brakes.
When moving the DX-S All in One, take care that it remains stable at all times. In
particular, the following considerations should be kept in mind:
Edition 2, Revision 2
09-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.1 / 20
DD+DIS014.05E
Chapter 3.2
List of Contents
1
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.4.1
2.4.2
2.4.3
2.5
2.5.1
2.5.2
2.5.3
2.6
2.6.1
2.7
2.7.1
2.7.2
2.7.3
2.7.4
2.7.5
2.8
2.8.1
2.9
2.9.1
2.9.2
2.10
Edition 2, Revision 0
11-2006
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.2 / I
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
Chapter 3.2 / II
Agfa Company Confidential
DX-S
Type 5160
Edition 1, Revision 0
11-2006
DD+DIS014.05E
figure 1
2.1
Edition 2, Revision 0
11-2006
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.2 / 1
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
2.2
figure 2
The following sections give you detailed information on the service tools and
examples for their usage.
2.3
figure 3
Chapter 3.2 / 2
Agfa Company Confidential
DX-S
Type 5160
Edition 2, Revision 0
11-2006
DD+DIS014.05E
2.4
2.4.1
Info Counter
The Info Counter provides device-specific information on:
the hardware components,
Purpose
It thus facilitates recognition of failures and allows to reduce the repair time
in the field or the repair center.
The Info Counter information is arranged according to the digitizer nodes.
For the selected node it displays the following three tabs:
Structure
Tab "Values"
In this tab the characteristical values for the selected node are given,
e.g. the total number of flashes fired in the flash erasure unit.
figure 4
Edition 2, Revision 0
11-2006
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.2 / 3
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
In this tab those events are counted which are specific for the current
digitizer node, e.g. the number of erasure operations performed by the flash
erasure unit.
figure 5
INSTRUCTION:
Proceed as follows to reset relative counters:
(1) Select the event you want to reset by clicking once on the counter name.
(2) Click button <Reset Counter>.
(3) Repeat steps 1 and 2 with all events you want to reset.
Chapter 3.2 / 4
Agfa Company Confidential
DX-S
Type 5160
Edition 2, Revision 0
11-2006
DD+DIS014.05E
In this tab all events are listed which occurred in the selected digitizer node.
Tab "Lists"
figure 6
INSTRUCTION:
Proceed as follows to analyze a list:
(1) Select a List Name, e.g. Error History with CBF by clicking once on the
desired entry in the left pane.
The entries of the list are displayed on the right pane.
(2) Select a List Entry Name by clicking once on the desired entry in the
right pane.
The attributes of the selected entry are displayed in the bottom pane.
Edition 2, Revision 0
11-2006
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.2 / 5
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
2.4.2
E-Label
E-Label contains data for the digitizer nodes.
Some data are site and device specific and are the same for all nodes.
Additionally you find node-specific data.
figure 7
Chapter 3.2 / 6
Agfa Company Confidential
DX-S
Type 5160
Edition 2, Revision 0
11-2006
DD+DIS014.05E
2.4.3
SW-Versioning
With this tool you can check if the software versions currently installed on the
control PC match those installed on the DX-S.
figure 8
INSTRUCTION:
Proceed as follows to check and compare software versions:
(1) Click button <Select all>.
(2) Click button <Get installed versions>.
There are two possible results:
Result 1: OK is shown in all Status fields; in the Activity text field the
message Versions are current is displayed.
No further actions are required.
Edition 2, Revision 0
11-2006
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.2 / 7
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
NOTE:
You can also check if the nodes can be addressed by the software.
If the status on a node shows OK, then the data transfer (CAN bus) and the
nodes are functioning.
2.5
2.5.1
figure 9
When you click button <Save as> you can save the log entries as a file
to a destination of your choice.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Chapter 3.2 / 8
Agfa Company Confidential
DX-S
Type 5160
Edition 2, Revision 0
11-2006
DD+DIS014.05E
2.5.2
Error Statistics
This tool helps to determine the frequency of occurrence for specific errors.
It thus gives you a hint where to start with the troubleshooting.
figure 10
When you click button <Save Error List> then the statistics data is written
to a text file.
2.5.3
HOT Report
This tool gives a summary of the last cassette cycle. The most important
events that happened in the digitizer during this cycle are reported.
You can use the data to check if the digitizer has a connection to the control
PC (FireWire) and if the scan interface (TWAIN) is working.
figure 11
Edition 2, Revision 0
11-2006
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.2 / 9
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
2.6
2.6.1
SW Upload
This tool allows to upload the software versions after a repair or replacement
of a digitizer node or if one of the nodes cannot be addressed. See figure 8.
INSTRUCTION:
Proceed as follows to upload software versions:
(1) Click button <Select all>.
(2) Click button <Upload selected nodes>.
The system starts uploading (duration: approx. 15 20 min).
(3) When the message Versions are current is displayed in the
Activity text field then reset the digitizer.
2.7
2.7.1
figure 12
After running self tests always close the DX-S Service Client window and
switch the digitizer off and on again.
Chapter 3.2 / 10
Agfa Company Confidential
DX-S
Type 5160
Edition 2, Revision 0
11-2006
DD+DIS014.05E
2.7.2
Diagnose Cycle
This tool helps analyzing errors in the digitizer cycle by running its partial
actions step by step.
INSTRUCTION:
Proceed as follows before starting the Diagnose Cycle tool:
figure 13
Edition 2, Revision 0
11-2006
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.2 / 11
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
The Diagnose Cycle tool displays a flow graph of the complete digitizer cycle
(figure 14).
The currently activated status (A) is shown green on the screen.
The actions (B) you can activate from the current status are displayed as gray
rectangles. The actions start when you click on the referring symbol.
figure 14
Chapter 3.2 / 12
Agfa Company Confidential
DX-S
Type 5160
Edition 2, Revision 0
11-2006
DD+DIS014.05E
2.7.3
figure 15
INSTRUCTION:
Proceed as follows to make this tool available on your service PC:
(6) Check if Microsoft .Net framework 1.1 or higher is installed on your
service PC. For this
(1.1) Open Windows menu Start / Settings / Control Panel /
Add/Remove Programs.
(1.2) Search for an entry Microsoft .Net framework.
(1.3) If it exists, check if the indicated version is 1.1 or higher.
(1.4) If it is then proceed with step (9); otherwise proceed with step (7).
(7) Download from www.microsoft.com the .Net framework 1.1 or higher.
(8) Install the .Net framework on your service PC.
(9) Download the current DX-S software from MedNet
GSO Library / Computed Radiography / CR Digitizers / DX-S / Freeware.
(10) Install the DX-S software on your service PC.
Edition 2, Revision 0
11-2006
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.2 / 13
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
2.7.4
Endurance Run
The Endurance Run tool allows to run any amount of cycles with/ without
scanning and/ or erasure. This can be helpful when investigating sporadic
image plate handling failures.
INSTRUCTION:
Proceed as follows when starting the Endurance Run tool:
(11) Ensure that the control PC is
running
(12) Log in with crservice account.
(13) Close the NX application.
For this, select the
<Main Menu> and click button
<Exit NX>
(14) Stop the NX service.
For this, open Windows menu
Start / Agfa / NX / Service /
Stop NX.
A console window pops up.
Press <Enter> key.
figure 16
(15) Now open the DX-S Service Client and open the Endurance Run tool.
figure 17
Chapter 3.2 / 14
Agfa Company Confidential
DX-S
Type 5160
Edition 2, Revision 0
11-2006
DD+DIS014.05E
The endurance run is also possible when the digitizer covers are removed.
CAUTION:
Moving parts and high intensity light may cause injury!
Keep away from moving parts.
Do not look directly into the digitizer as laser light and erasure flash light can
cause harm.
WARNING:
If the safety switch is overridden with a service key there are risks of
injuries.
Keep your hair, hands and garments away from the device.
Remove service key before the device is handed over to the customer.
Laser beam!
Risk of serious eye damage!
Avoid direct and indirect eye contact with the laser beam.
Do not hold any tools in the laser beam - risk of reflection.
Flash Light! Risk of eye damage!
Avoid direct and indirect eye contact.
Edition 2, Revision 0
11-2006
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.2 / 15
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
2.7.5
figure 18
ACTION:
Before using this tool, ensure that the digitizer is switched on and ready.
ACTION:
After having used this tool, restart the digitizer.
Chapter 3.2 / 16
Agfa Company Confidential
DX-S
Type 5160
Edition 2, Revision 0
11-2006
DD+DIS014.05E
2.8
2.8.1
Calibration
You need this tool for the calibration of the scan head.
Refer to chapter 3.6 in this manual.
2.9
2.9.1
figure 19
Edition 2, Revision 0
11-2006
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.2 / 17
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
2.9.2
figure 20
2.10
figure 21
Chapter 3.2 / 18
Agfa Company Confidential
DX-S
Type 5160
Edition 2, Revision 0
11-2006
DD+DIS014.05E
Protecting
the Backup File
Backup
INSTRUCTION:
Before restoring data from a backup file, proceed as follows:
(1) Ensure that the control PC is
running
(2) Log in with crservice account.
(3) Close the NX application.
For this, select the
<Main Menu> and click button
<Exit NX>
(4) Stop the NX service.
For this, open Windows menu
Start / Agfa / NX / Service /
Stop NX.
A console window pops up.
Press <Enter> key.
figure 22
Edition 2, Revision 0
11-2006
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.2 / 19
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
Restore
By default, all files in the backup file are restored to their location in folder
C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Application Data\
Agfa\CR 50.0\.
If you check Exclude Logfiles then the files in the subfolder Log are not
overwritten by the restore procedure.
Click button <Restore selected files> to start the restore procedure.
Chapter 3.2 / 20
Agfa Company Confidential
DX-S
Type 5160
Edition 2, Revision 0
11-2006
Chapter 3.3
HEALTHCARE
Imaging Services
Troubleshooting
DX-S
Type 5160/100
Please note
DD+DIS014.05E
Edition 2, Revision 0
01-2008
DX-S
Type 5160/100
Chapter 3.3 / 2
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
Chapter 3.4
List of Contents
1
Fuses .............................................................................................2
Edition 2, Revision 0
11-2006
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.4 / I
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
5160_chap34_001.cdr
figure 1
Edition 2, Revision 0
11-2006
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.4 / 1
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
In the table below the LED status and their meaning are explained.
Relevant Unit
Meaning
laser diodes
3,5 6,8 V
CAN bus
8V
lights green
normal operation
lights green
normal operation
SHI board,
user interface
8V
lights green
normal operation
CCD analog
20 V
lights green
normal operation
distance adjustment
erasure needle IP
18 30 V
lights green
normal operation
lights green
normal operation
IP handling unit,
cassette handling unit
36 V
lights green
normal operation
over temperature
lights green
Fuses
NOTE:
There are no exchangeable fuses inside the DX-S digitizer.
Chapter 3.4 / 2
Agfa Company Confidential
DX-S
Type 5160
Edition 2, Revision 0
11-2006
Chapter 3.5
HEALTHCARE
Imaging Services
DX-S
Type 5160
Document History
Edition.
Revision
Release
Date
Changes
compared to previous version 2.3
2.4
03-2010
Referenced Documents
Document Number
Title
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010 printed in Germany
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
Manufacturer
Agfa HealthCare N.V.
Publisher
Agfa-Gevaert HealthCare GmbH
Tegernseer Landstrae 161
D - 81539 Mnchen
Germany
Copyright 2010 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
All rights reserved.
Technical modifications reserved.
AGFA and the Agfa-Rhombus are trademarks of Agfa HealthCare N.V.
WARNING:
Improper operation or service activities may cause damage or injuries.
INSTRUCTION:
(1)
(2)
Strictly observe all safety directions within the "Generic Safety Directions" and on
the product.
NOTE:
To verify the latest version of single documents and of Service Manuals refer to the
Document Type Order List in the GSO library.
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 2
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
LIST OF CONTENTS
REFERENCED DOCUMENTS.................................................................................................5
SAFETY NOTE.........................................................................................................................6
3.1
3.2
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
5.6
Removing the Plate holding the Dimension Control Sensors (B276, B277, B278, B279,
B253).......................................................................................................................................29
5.7
5.8
5.9
5.10
Removing Holder of Light Barriers Opener Home-Position Sensor (B227) and Cover-Opener
Control Sensor (B251) ............................................................................................................36
5.11
Removing Dual Pulsed Transmitter (B389) and Receiver for Snap Hooks (B391) ...............37
5.12
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 3
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
10
6.1
Replacing the Stepper Motor Slow Scan with Gear Box (M319)............................................39
6.2
Removing the Stepper Motor Snap Hooks (M320) and Snap Hook Home-Position Sensor
(B361) .....................................................................................................................................42
6.3
6.4
6.5
6.6
6.7
Removing Upper-End Control Sensor (B385) and Collision Control Sensor (B386).............49
6.8
Removing Slow Scan Home Position Sensor (B362) and Bottom-End Control Sensor (B384)51
6.9
6.10
6.11
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
8.2
8.3
9.2
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 4
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
Referenced Documents
NOTE:
The replacement of some parts requires additional information.
The relevant documents are listed in the table below.
Document Number
Title
DD+DIS046.07E
DD+DIS040.08E
DD+DIS041.08E
DD+DIS128.08E
DD+DIS250.08E
DD+DIS070.09E
INSTRUCTION:
The Enclosures are delivered with the Spare Part.
For an overview of published Enclosures, please refer to:
GSO Library - General Info - Agfa HealthCare - Publications Enclosures - General Enclosures*
*
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 5
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
Safety Note
NOTE:
The replacement of some parts requires that the scan head is moved to
<scan head access> position in the DX-S service client (see chapter 3.2 - Tools
and Auxiliary means), before the digitizer is switched off. These parts are:
Scan head
Traverse
Flexboard
Segment gaskets
Assembly Overview
Figure 1
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 6
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
3.1
Front panel
Side panels
Top panel
Display
Rollers
Air filter
Tunnel
Z-sensor (B267)
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 7
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
Traverse complete
Lift cylinder
Segment gaskets
Flexboard
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 8
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
3.2
(2)
Figure 2
(3)
(4)
Loosen screw d .
1A
2
B
Figure 3
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 9
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
(5)
Figure 4
(6)
Figure 5
(7)
(8)
(9)
Figure 6
Figure 7
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 10
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
Figure 8
Figure 9
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 11
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
IMPORTANT:
Always observe the following safety directions when working with the digitizer.
WARNING:
Laser beam! Risk of serious eye
damage!
Avoid direct and indirect eye contact.
Do not open the optic module.
Do not hold any tools in the laser beam risk of reflection.
NOTE:
With covers closed the digitizer is a
Class 1 laser product and not dangerous to
the human eye or skin.
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 12
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
4.1
(2)
Figure 11
(3)
(4)
(5)
Repeat steps (3) and (4) for the right side panel.
(6)
Figure 12
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 13
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
(7)
(8)
Figure 13
4.2
The last digit in the order number indicates the spare part revision at release of
this document. When ordering, the actual revision of the spare part is delivered.
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 14
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
4.3
(2)
(3)
Figure 14
(4)
(5)
(6)
51
62
Figure 15
NOTE:
For earlier units you find torx screws, later this has been changed to
Phillips screws. Torx screws have to be replaced by the Phillips screws,
which are scope of the delivery of the front panel.
The Phillips screws can be re-used.
(7)
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 15
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
(8)
(9)
84
95
Figure 16
4.4
(2)
(3)
Figure 17
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 16
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
4.5
Figure 18
(1)
CAN-bus d
E-label e (BU10)
1A
B2
3C
D
4
1A
2B
3C
4D
Figure 19
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 17
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
(2)
(3)
(4)
E
5
Figure 20
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 18
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
4.6
(2)
(3)
2
B
1
A
Figure 21
(4)
D
4
E
5
F6
Figure 22
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 19
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
4.7
Depending on the serial number 2 different ways to replace the filter are to be applied:
4.7.1
(2)
(3)
(4)
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 20
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
4.7.2
Socket wrench, 7 mm
(1)
(2)
NOTE:
Mind the airflow direction (from outside to inside) of the dust filter
(see symbols on the side of the dust filter).
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 21
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
4.8
(2)
(3)
Loosen 3
hexagon screws
(socket wrench, 7 mm).
Figure 27
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 22
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
5.1
5160_chap35_018.cdr
Figure 28
(1)
(2)
(3)
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 23
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
5.2
(2)
(3)
(4)
At cassette handling
board, unplug
power-in cable c (ST31)
and CAN bus cable d
(ST1#5).
(5)
E
1
2
F
Figure 30
C
3
NOTE:
Attend that
brackets f be
not broken or bent.
4
D
Figure 31
(6)
A5
B
6
NOTE:
Do not loosen the
screws h secured
by lacquer!
7
C
7
C
Figure 32
(7)
(8)
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 24
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
5.3
5160_chap35_023.cdr
Figure 33
(1)
ST2
ST3
(2)
ST1
Figure 34
(3)
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 25
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
5.4
5160_chap35_025.cdr
Figure 35
(1)
Figure 36
(2)
(3)
Figure 37
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 26
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
5.5
Figure 38
(1)
Figure 40
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 27
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
(2)
Figure 41
(3)
Figure 42
(4)
Figure 43
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 28
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
(5)
Unplug the
connector ST9.
Figure 44
5.6
Removing the Plate holding the Dimension Control Sensors (B276, B277,
B278, B279, B253)
The plate holding the
dimension control sensors
is located on the top of the
cassette handling unit, as
shown in figure 45.
5160_chap35_032.cdr
Figure 45
(1)
(2)
ST39
Figure 46
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 29
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
(3)
Figure 47
(4)
Figure 48
(5)
(6)
Figure 49
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 30
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
5.7
Figure 50
(1)
(2)
(3)
ST34
ST13
Figure 51
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 31
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
(4)
NOTE:
The 2 screws
have not the same
length.
(5)
Figure 52
(6)
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 32
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
5.8
5160_chap35_34.cdr
Figure 53
5.9
(1)
(2)
Figure 54
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 33
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
(1)
Unplug ST15 at
cassette handling board.
(2)
ST15
Figure 55
(3)
Figure 56
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 34
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
(4)
Figure 57
(5)
(6)
Figure 58
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 35
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
5.10
B227
B251
5160_chap35_039.cdr
Figure 59
(1)
(2)
ST38
Figure 60
(3)
Figure 61
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 36
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
5.11
Figure 62:
Left border is front of device, right border is back of device
NOTE:
The dual pulsed
transmitter and receiver
for snap hooks are only
accessible from the
bottom of the dismantled
cassette handling unit.
Figure 63:
Left border is front of device, right border is back of device
(1)
(2)
(3)
ST2
Figure 64
(4)
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 37
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
5.12
The last digit in the order number indicates the spare part revision at release of
this document. When ordering, the actual revision of the spare part is delivered.
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 38
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
6.1
Replacing the Stepper Motor Slow Scan with Gear Box (M319)
Only the main steps of the replacement procedure of the stepper motor slow scan with
gear box are described in this chapter. A detailed description can be found in the
document enclosed to the spare part.
NOTE:
The stepper motor slow scan can only be replaced together with the gear box.
These parts can't be replaced separately.
Only digitizers with SN 1235 are prepared for the replacement of the stepper motor
slow scan with gear box.
A replacement of the stepper motor slow scan with gear box requires the replacement
of the IP handling board which is in scope of the new spare part.
The enclosed IP handling board contains gear specific parameters which are stored on
the e-label of the board.
Depending on the Serial Number (SN) of the digitizer, different scenarios must be
performed by the Field Service Engineer (FSE) in case of a defective stepper motor
slow scan with gear box:
DX-S Digitizer with
Serial Numbers (SN):
What to do in case of a
defective Stepper Motor Slow
Scan with Gear Box?
SN 1000 SN 1100,
SN 1102 SN 1114
Replace complete
DX-S digitizer.
SN 1101,
SN 1115 SN 1234
Replace complete
IP platform.
IP platform complete
Replace
Stepper motor slow scan
with gear box
The last digit in the order number indicates the spare part revision at release of this document.
When ordering, the actual revision of the spare part is delivered.
IMPORTANT:
Contact your GSN** Global Support Network (Tier 2) for the approval for the
Replacement of a stepper motor slow scan with gear box.
** Only applicable for Agfa Employees.
For external partners: Please contact your local Agfa representative.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 39
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
6.1.1
Prerequisites
SPARE PARTS:
Stepper Motor Slow Scan with Gear Box with order number*: CM+9 5160 9070 0
* The last digit in the order number indicates the spare part revision at release of this document.
When ordering, the actual revision of the spare part is delivered.
SCOPE OF DELIVERY:
Spare part kit Stepper Motor Slow Scan with Gear Box consists of:
Mounting plate
3 x washers (6.4)
2 x washers (4.3)
IP Handling Board
Take all these parts with you when you plan to replace the stepper motor slow scan
with gear box.
NOTE:
For an overview of published Enclosures, please refer to:
GSO Library - General Info - Agfa HealthCare - Publications Enclosures - General Enclosures**
** Only applicable for Agfa Employees.
For external partners: Please contact your local Agfa representative.
NOTE:
The scan head must be in <scan head access> position to be able to replace the
stepper motor slow scan with gear box.
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 40
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
6.1.2
Overview
A detailed description can be found in the Enclosure - Installation Instructions for
Replacement of Stepper Motor Slow Scan with Gear Box, DD+DIS046.07E which is in
scope of the spare part.
NOTE:
For an overview of published Enclosures, please refer to:
GSO Library - General Info - Agfa HealthCare - Publications Enclosures - General Enclosures**
** Only applicable for Agfa Employees.
For external partners: Please contact your local Agfa representative.
REQUIRED TIME:
Approximately 4.5 hours
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 41
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
6.2
5160_chap35_051.cdr
Figure 65
(1)
(2)
Figure 66
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 42
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
(3)
Figure 67
(4)
Figure 68
(5)
(6)
Figure 69
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 43
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
(7)
(8)
Figure 70
6.3
5160_chap35_57.cdr
Figure 71
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 44
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
NOTE:
The scan head
must be in <scan
head access>
position.
Figure 72
(1)
(2)
Figure 73
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 45
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
6.4
NOTE:
The scan head must be
in <scan head
access> position.
M318
5160_chap35_060.cdr
Figure 74
(1)
(2)
(3)
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 46
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
6.5
To access the
sliding rails sensor the
erasure unit must be
removed (see 9).
B361
B366
5160_chap35_062.cdr
Figure 76
(1)
(2)
(3)
Unscrew one
hexagon screw
(socket wrench, 2.5 mm).
(4)
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 47
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
6.6
NOTE:
To access the
IP handling board the
air supply unit must be
removed (see 7.1).
B365
5160_chap35_064.cdr
Figure 78
(1)
(2)
(3)
Figure 79
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 48
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
6.7
B385
NOTE:
To access the upper
end control and
collision control
sensors, the air supply
unit must be removed
(see 7.1).
B386
5160_chap35_066.cdr
Figure 80
(1)
Unplug ST41 at
IP handling board.
(2)
Figure 81
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 49
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
(3)
(4)
(5)
Remove both
light barriers.
NOTE:
The two light barriers
always have to be
replaced together.
Figure 82
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 50
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
6.8
NOTE:
To access the
slow scan home position
and bottom end control
sensors, the air supply
unit must be removed
(see 7.1).
B362
B384
5160_chap35_069.cdr
Figure 83
(1)
Unplug ST43 at
IP handling board.
(2)
(3)
(4)
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 51
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
6.9
5160_chap_071.cdr
Figure 85
Connector home-position
sensor (B360)
Figure 86
(1)
Figure 87
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 52
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
NOTE:
Before you start removing the steel ropes of the IP platform, remember how it is
winded, eventually make a note. This is important for the tension of the steel ropes
after the reinstallation.
Figure 88
(2)
(3)
Figure 89
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 53
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
6.10
NOTE:
The scan head must be in
<scan head access>
position to be able to replace
the linear transport home
position sensor.
B359
Figure 90
(1)
(2)
Figure 91
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 54
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
6.11
NOTE:
To access the BOS sensor,
the air supply unit must be
removed and the
scan head must be in <scan
head access> position.
Figure 92
CAUTION:
Damage of the rope can cause banding.
Be careful by removing the BOS that you do not damage the rope.
When the stepper motor is removed and the BOS accessible, remove the plate where
the BOS is fixed from her support and replace it with a new one.
NOTE:
According the SN of the DX-S, 2 different ways to replace the BOS are existing.
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 55
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
6.11.1
Figure 93
(1)
(2)
Figure 94
6.11.2
Figure 95
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 56
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
IMPORTANT:
Before replacing the BOS sensor it is necessary to understand the required steps to
pull out the board of the holding plate.
Only to display these steps the figure 96 shows the removed BOS holder plate.
There is no need to remove the holder plate.
(1)
Press with your finger on the black extension c of the BOS sensor.
(2)
Pull the board with the BOS sensor d out of the holder plate.
1
1
2
Figure 96
Figure 97
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 57
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
(3)
Figure 98
NOTE:
If the cable is not long
enough, open the cable
ducts.
Figure 99
(4)
(5)
IMPORTANT:
Make sure that the sensor on the rear
side of the BOS does not sharp over the
holding plate during the reassembling.
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 58
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
7.1
Figure 101
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 59
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
(1)
(2)
(3)
2B
2B
C
3
Figure 102
(4)
(5)
4D
E
5
5
E
Figure 103
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 60
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
(6)
6F
H8
7G
Figure 104
(7)
(8)
9I
10
J
K
11
J
10
J
10
Figure 105
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 61
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
CAUTION:
The slow scan unit is sensitive!
It may be destroyed
inadvertently.
Take care not to damage the steel
rope 12 of the slow scan unit!
(9)
12
L
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 62
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
7.2
MG10
5160_chap_080.cdr
Figure 107
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Figure 108
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 63
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
7.3
The last digit in the order number indicates the spare part revision at release of
this document. When ordering, the actual revision of the spare part is delivered.
7.4
The last digit in the order number indicates the spare part
revision at release of this document. When ordering, the actual
revision of the spare part is delivered.
Figure 109
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 64
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
(1)
(2)
NOTE:
Make sure that the segment
gasket fits exactly in its place.
Figure 110
(3)
Figure 111
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 65
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
(4)
NOTE:
Be careful not to damage
the lip of the strip!
Figure 112
7.5
INSTRUCTION:
The replacement is described in the Enclosure DD+DIS250.08E,
delivered with the Vacuum Distribution Plate with order number*: CM+9 5160 2055 2
For an overview of published Enclosures, please refer to:
GSO Library - General Info - Agfa HealthCare - Publications Enclosures - General Enclosures**
*
The last digit in the order number indicates the spare part revision at release of
this document. When ordering, the actual revision of the spare part is delivered.
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 66
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
8.1
NOTE:
The scan head must
be in <scan head
access> position to
be able to replace
the scan head.
Figure 113
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 67
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
(1)
Figure 114
(2)
Loosen mounting plate (arrows) and carefully disconnect three cables (circles)
at the scan head.
Figure 115
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 68
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
(3)
Figure 116
(4)
Unscrew one Allen screw (2.5 mm) at top side left (arrow).
Figure 117
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 69
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
(5)
Unscrew one Allen screw (2.5 mm) at bottom side right (arrow).
Figure 118
(6)
Unscrew one Allen screw (2.5 mm) at bottom side left (arrow).
Figure 119
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 70
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
(7)
Figure 120
(8)
(9)
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 71
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
IMPORTANT:
Additional cleaning can be necessary if pale stripes in slow-scan direction are visible
after the scan head has been cleaned. This may result from dust in the gap under the
optical elements of the scan head.
In this case order Sensor Cleaning Swaps via order number*: 10+ 9 9999 1266 0
The last digit in the order number indicates the spare part revision at release of
this document. When ordering, the actual revision of the spare part is delivered.
**
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 72
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
8.2
(2)
Figure 121
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 73
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
8.3
3
1
22
5160_chap3.5_001.cdr
Figure 122
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 74
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
8.3.1
(2)
(3)
D
4
Remove the
grounding cable d
(Socket wrench 5.5 mm)
from the distribution
board.
1
A
(4)
(5)
Carefully, unscrew
4 Allen screws f
(Allen key, 2.5 mm),
so the block can be
removed from the
scan head unit.
2
B
A
1
3
C
A
1
NOTE:
Figure 123
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 75
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
CAUTION:
Damage of the coating of the slow scan steel ropes results in banding on the
images!
Care must be taken.
(6)
(7)
Unscrew the
3 screws g
(Allen key, 7 mm)
of the flexboard
mounting
(see figure 124).
51
Remove the
flexboard by
pushing it upward
and then pulling it
outward.
5
1
5160_chap3.5_002.cdr
Figure 124
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 76
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
8.3.2
(1)
(2)
Figure 125
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 77
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
(3)
(4)
D
3
6
A
(6)
Screw on the
grounding cable g
(Socket wrench 5.5 mm)
to the distribution board.
5
B
A6
C
4
A
6
Figure 126
(7)
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 78
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
NOTE:
Two different Erasure Units are used in the digitizers ex factory:
For SN < 1402 the Flashlight Erasure Unit (see section 9.1)
9.1
9.1.1
1A
2
B
3
C
Figure 127
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 79
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
(2)
Figure 128
(3)
Figure 129
9.1.2
Figure 130
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 80
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
(2)
Figure 131
9.1.3
(2)
Figure 132
(3)
Figure 133
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 81
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
(8)
Figure 135
(9)
Figure 136
Figure 137
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 82
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
9.2
NOTE:
There are no spare parts for the LED Erasure Unit.
If a part of the LED Erasure Unit is broken (e. g. LEDs) it has to be replaced
completely.
CAUTION:
During replacement of the erasure unit damage to the LEDs
can occur if they hit the DX-S housing.
Follow the instructions carefully.
(1)
1
A
Figure 138
(2)
Figure 139
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 83
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
(3)
Figure 140
9.2.1
Figure 141
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 84
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
(2)
Remove the two optical glass fiber cables c from the sockets (RX and RT) d
on the IP handling board.
1
2
Figure 142
(3)
Put the two light tight caps e onto the sockets (RX and RT) d of the
fiber optic cables at the IP handling board.
B2
C
3
Figure 143
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 85
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
IMPORTANT:
The air inlet and the air outlet of the former Flashlight erasure unit are no longer used.
Make sure they are completely closed by the delivered foam parts.
The light sealing foam parts must not protrude inside the DX-S case.
CAUTION:
The image quality is reduced if light falls on the scan unit of the DX-S.
All light sealing foam parts have to be placed in a position, that no light can enter
the DX-S case.
(4)
E
4
E4
Figure 144
(5)
E4
5F
Figure 145
NOTE:
DX-S digitizers with the LED erasure unit already installed in production (SN > 1402)
feature a metal plate instead of the air outlet device.
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 86
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
9.2.2
(1)
Figure 146
(2)
Figure 147
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 87
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
(3)
H2
J4
Figure 148
(4)
B5
Figure 149
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 88
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
10
REQUIRED TOOL:
Small blunt tool
(not sharp-edged) for
opening DX-S cassettes.
This tool is delivered with the
shipped DX-S cassette.
Figure 150
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
2
3
pressure
even surface
pressure
even surface
Figure 151
Figure 152
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 89
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
(5)
Figure 153
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
Edition 2, Revision 4
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.5 / 90
Agfa Company Confidential
Chapter 3.6
HEALTHCARE
Imaging Services
DX-S
Type 5160
Document History
Edition.
Revision
Release
Date
2.2
04-2008
Changes
compared to previous Version 2.1:
Added:
- Information on exposing a flat field,
refer to section 4.1.
- Exposure parameters, refer to section 4.1.
Referenced Documents
Document
Title
n.a.
n.a.
Edition 2, Revision 2
04-2008 printed in Germany
DD+DIS014.05E
Manufacturer
Agfa HealthCare N.V.
Publisher
Agfa-Gevaert HealthCare GmbH
Tegernseer Landstrae 161
D - 81539 Mnchen
Germany
Copyright 2008 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
All rights reserved.
Technical modifications reserved.
AGFA and the Agfa-Rhombus are trademarks of Agfa HealthCare N.V.
WARNING:
Improper operation or service activities may cause damage or injuries.
INSTRUCTION:
(1)
(2)
Strictly observe all safety directions within the "Generic Safety Directions" and on
the product.
NOTE:
To verify the latest version of single documents and of Service Manuals refer to the
Document Type Order List in the GSO library.
Edition 2, Revision 2
04-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.6 / 2
DD+DIS014.05E
LIST OF CONTENTS
2.2
VERIFICATION.......................................................................................................................11
4.1
4.2
4.2.1
4.2.2
Banding ...................................................................................................................................13
4.2.3
Dust.........................................................................................................................................14
Edition 2, Revision 2
04-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.6 / 3
DD+DIS014.05E
NOTE:
There are two different calibrations necessary on DX-S digitizer:
Scan head focus calibration must be carried out prior to the scan head scan line
calibration (see section 0).
Calibrations have to be carried out after the first installation of the scan head and
whenever the scan head has been removed.
NOTE:
For the procedure the digitizer and the Control PC need to be started and
the user is logged in as Administrator.
1.
2.
NOTE:
Select the following exposure parameters using a
1.5 mm Cu filter (CM+9 5155 1015 x) to obtain a dose of 10 Gy:
12 mAs
75 kVp
large focus.
The values are approximate and may vary among the X-ray devices.
Edition 2, Revision 2
04-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.6 / 4
DD+DIS014.05E
3.
4.
5.
Go to
Start Program Agfa DX-S DX-S Service Client
Open DX-S Service Client.
6.
7.
The current calibration line for gain and offset is loaded from the digitizer and
is displayed.
8.
9.
Click <Calibrate>.
(bullet in screen gets green ready for calibration now)
figure 1
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 2, Revision 2
04-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.6 / 5
DD+DIS014.05E
2.1
2.
NOTE:
Select the following exposure parameters using a
1.5 mm Cu filter (CM+9 5155 1015 x) to obtain a dose of 10 Gy:
12 mAs
75 kVp
large focus.
The values are approximate and may vary among the X-ray devices.
3.
4.
Edition 2, Revision 2
04-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.6 / 6
DD+DIS014.05E
NOTE:
The plate can also be exposed with a dose of 8 x 10 Gy = 80 Gy.
5.
Go to Start Program Agfa DX-S DX-S Service Client Open DX-S Service
Client.
6.
7.
The current calibration line for gain and offset is loaded from the digitizer and is
displayed.
8.
figure 2
9.
10. Wait until calibration data for gain and offset is transferred
(needs several minutes).
11. Check, if the calibration lines are stored in the Control PC.
Edition 2, Revision 2
04-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.6 / 7
DD+DIS014.05E
NOTE:
Additionally to the storage in the e-label, the files of the calibration
(Gain.stc and Offset.stc) are stored in the following folder:
C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\\Application Data\Agfa\DXS\Offset.stc or Gains.stc
The calibration files will be overwritten by the newer ones. If you want to keep them,
you have to save them with another name.
NOTE:
Workflow of scan line calibration:
The image plate is being scanned and the gain calibration curve is determined
(blue calibration line).
Scanned for a second time to find out the offset calibration curve (red calibration
line)
The gain calibration curve (blue) calibrates for homogenous flat fields.
The offset calibration curve (red) detects the background noise of the CCD element.
The values calculated during the second scan show this background noise. Thats
why this curve is written after the image plate has been erased.
In a second step the background noise of the CCD elements is eliminated in order to
obtain a good image quality.
2.2
The offset value (red value) is not accepted, because it is too high.
Edition 2, Revision 2
04-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.6 / 8
DD+DIS014.05E
If Genrad and FLFS cassettes of size 35x43 cm are available, use a Genrad
cassette.
Example 1:
The customer uses 2 x Genrad cassettes 35x43 cm plus 3 x FLFS
cassettes 35x43 cm use the 35x43 cm Genrad cassette
Example 2:
The customer uses 3 x FLFS cassettes 35x43 cm, plus 3 x Genrad
cassettes 24x30 cm use the 35x43 cm FLFS cassette
Procedure
1.
2.
Open the cassette and check the image plate (IP) for scratches.
If no scratches are visible, select this IP.
Edition 2, Revision 2
04-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.6 / 9
DD+DIS014.05E
3.
180 rotation
Exposure 2
FLFS cassette
Area used by
shading calibration
Area used by
shading calibration
5160_ch3.6_010.cdr
figure 3
Edition 2, Revision 2
04-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.6 / 10
DD+DIS014.05E
Verification
NOTE:
For the verification of the calibration a flat field has to be exposed.
4.1
(1)
(2)
Rotating
Anode
x-ray tube
Cathode
5155_reg01_006.cdr
figure 4
NOTE:
Select the following exposure parameters using a
1.5 mm Cu filter (CM+9 5155 1015 x) to obtain a dose of 10 Gy:
12 mAs
75 kVp
large focus.
The values are approximate and may vary among the X-ray devices.
(3)
(4)
Edition 2, Revision 2
04-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.6 / 11
DD+DIS014.05E
(5)
Identify the cassette on the NX Processing Station with the following parameters:
Exam Group:
<System Diagnosis>.
figure 5
Definitions
4.2
figure 6
(3)
(4)
Edition 2, Revision 2
04-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.6 / 12
DD+DIS014.05E
4.2.1
Calibration Lines
Sharp white lines in
slow scan direction showing the transition
lines from one CCD element to the other.
(1)
(2)
Flatfield (detail)
Diagnostic Image
NOTE:
If there are unacceptable image flaws,
please contact the
Regional Support Network (RSN).
figure 7
4.2.2
Banding
Blurred white lines in fast-scan direction on
the flat field. This can happen due to
inhomogeneities in the slow-scan process.
(e. g. stepper motors, air bearings, steel
ropes,)
(1)
(2)
Flatfield (detail)
Diagnostic Image
NOTE:
If there are unacceptable image flaws,
please contact the
Regional Support Network (RSN).
figure 8
Edition 2, Revision 2
04-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.6 / 13
DD+DIS014.05E
4.2.3
Dust
Pale stripes in slow-scan direction.
(1)
(2)
Flatfield (detail)
Diagnostic Image
Edition 2, Revision 2
04-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.6 / 14
Chapter 3.8
HEALTHCARE
Imaging Services
DX-S
Type 5160
Document History
Edition.
Revision
Release
Date
Changes
compared to previous version 2.2
2.3
06-2008
Referenced Documents
Document
Title
Chapter 8
SB No. 33
Edition 2, Revision 3
06-2008 printed in Germany
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
Manufacturer
Agfa HealthCare N.V.
Publisher
Agfa-Gevaert HealthCare GmbH
Tegernseer Landstrae 161
D - 81539 Mnchen
Germany
Copyright 2008 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
All rights reserved.
Technical modifications reserved.
AGFA and the Agfa-Rhombus are trademarks of Agfa HealthCare N.V.
WARNING:
Improper operation or service activities may cause damage or injuries.
INSTRUCTION:
(1)
(2)
Strictly observe all safety directions within the "Generic Safety Directions" and on
the product.
NOTE:
To verify the latest version of single documents and of Service Manuals refer to the
Document Type Order List in the GSO library.
Edition 2, Revision 3
06-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.8 / 2
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
LIST OF CONTENTS
1.2
1.3
2.2
2.2.1
2.2.2
3.1.1
3.1.2
3.1.3
Solved Bugs - Digitizer does not recognize Errors caused by incorrect Repair Measures ....11
3.1.4
3.1.5
3.2
3.2.1
3.2.2
4.1.1
4.2
4.2.1
4.2.2
4.2.3
4.2.4
4.2.5
4.2.6
Edition 2, Revision 3
06-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.8 / 3
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
5.2
5.2.1
5.2.2
5.2.3
5.2.4
5.2.5
5.3
5.3.1
5.3.2
5.3.3
5.3.4
5.3.5
5.3.6
6.2
6.2.1
Hardware.................................................................................................................................22
6.3
6.3.1
Error Messages.......................................................................................................................22
6.3.2
Hardware.................................................................................................................................23
6.3.3
Software ..................................................................................................................................24
7.2
7.2.1
Error Messages.......................................................................................................................25
7.2.2
Hardware.................................................................................................................................26
7.2.3
Software ..................................................................................................................................26
Edition 2, Revision 3
06-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.8 / 4
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
7.3
7.3.1
Error Messages.......................................................................................................................27
7.3.2
Hardware.................................................................................................................................28
7.3.3
Software ..................................................................................................................................28
8.2
8.3
8.3.1
Error Messages.......................................................................................................................29
8.3.2
Hardware.................................................................................................................................29
8.3.3
Software ..................................................................................................................................30
9.2
9.2.1
Error Messages.......................................................................................................................31
9.2.2
Hardware.................................................................................................................................31
9.2.3
Software ..................................................................................................................................32
9.3
9.3.1
Error Messages.......................................................................................................................32
9.3.2
Hardware.................................................................................................................................32
9.3.3
Software ..................................................................................................................................33
Edition 2, Revision 3
06-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.8 / 5
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
1.1
Solved Bugs
1)
Due to pre-stimulation effect, the first image lines of a DX-S image show a 30%
too high signal (black line artifacts). A signal overshoot has been verified at
begin of scan with standard software (not with Musica2).
The residual decay was due to the debug mode, which interrupted the
pre-stimulation of the IP. Without the debug mode the signal decay is
eliminated completely.
2)
The digitizer does not restart automatically after the upload of nodes software.
3)
4)
DX-S Error 32160, when pulling out the cassette after a long inactive time
(approximately 40 minutes). During this time the message pull out the
cassette is displayed on the digitizer. This happened in the
DX-Si test room.
5)
6)
7)
8)
Edition 2, Revision 3
06-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.8 / 6
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
9)
1.2
The software counts every click on the confirmation button for the
"high altitude" flag.
Therefore the "high altitude" flag is un-checked every even time the
confirmation button is pressed.
2)
3)
4)
1.3
Open Bugs
1)
The Error Viewer pops up with an old error message. If one scrolls in the
window of the Error Viewer the current error can be found.
Workaround:
Crosscheck the time of the error message with the actual time.
2)
Edition 2, Revision 3
06-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.8 / 7
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
3)
Error 1127 is displayed: "Error occurred. Please contact service to fix the
problem.". This error occurs when the cassette is inserted into the digitizer
before the Read button is pressed.
Workaround:
Restart the digitizer and remove the cassette. Proceed according to the
preventive action.
Preventive action:
First press the Read button and afterwards enter the cassette.
(The error also occurs when the cassette is entered prior to pressing the
Read button.)
4)
An error is displayed, but no e-mail was sent (the AGFA e-mail server specified
was not reachable).
Action: Check the info counters for the errors on site.
5)
6)
7)
Edition 2, Revision 3
06-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.8 / 8
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
2.1
2)
SW Patch STR_1404A
3)
The Disconnection of the Flashlight Erasure Unit Power Supply could not be
detected after the start-up.
2.2
Open Bugs
2.2.1
After last cycle of endurance run (Service Function) the cassette stays clamped
in the digitizer.
Workaround 1: Avoid this press stop button before last endurance
run cycle ends.
Workaround 2: If the cassette stays clamped, restart the digitizer.
2)
The digitizer does not complete the current cassette cycle if the
Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) reports a power failure and runs on battery.
This error occurs when the power failure commences between the input of a
cassette and the identification.
In this case the image plate is stick back into the cassette and the cassette is
released, but there is no message displayed that the image plate is neither
scanned nor erased.
This bug is not related to the Digitizer Software and, therefore, is controlled
by the NX team.
3)
Under certain conditions, it is possible that the first inserted cassette is not
notified to NX and the system hangs. No images will be lost.
Workaround: If this symptom occurs, switch off and then restart the digitizer.
The cassette will be ejected and can be scanned normally.
4)
DX-S Error 32160, when pulling out the cassette after a long inactive time
(approximately 40 minutes). During this time the message pull out the
cassette is displayed on the digitizer. This happened in the DX-Si test room.
Workaround: Restart the DX-S.
Edition 2, Revision 3
06-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.8 / 9
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
5)
2.2.2
2)
3)
4)
5)
Edition 2, Revision 3
06-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.8 / 10
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
3.1
Solved Bugs
3.1.1
One step of the Diagnose cycle (from state IP with vacuum gripper caught
backwards to IP on scanner stage) does not work. The digitizer hangs up.
2)
Sporadically image data transfer from the DX-S to the processing station is not
completed. Digitizer stops and on the NX processing station
error message 32003 comes up.
3)
3.1.2
The digitizer changes its state to Ready although the control PC displays
error 1077 "Failure at cassette handling module" during start-up.
The digitizer is really ready. You can ignore this error message.
2)
3.1.3
Solved Bugs - Digitizer does not recognize Errors caused by incorrect Repair
Measures
1)
The digitizer does not display any error message during start-up if plug ST8 at
air control board is disconnected.
2)
In a special test case the plugs ST11/13 or ST21 from scanner control board
were disconnected while the digitizer was in Ready mode.
No error message was shown.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 2, Revision 3
06-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.8 / 11
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
3.1.4
3.1.5
2)
2)
Chinese China
Japanese
Chinese Taiwan
Korean
Czech
Latvian
Danish
Lithuanian
Dutch
Norwegian
English
Polish
Estonian
Portuguese
Finish
Russian
French
Slovak
German
Slovenian
Greek
Spanish
Hungarian
Swedish
Italian
Turkish
Edition 2, Revision 3
06-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.8 / 12
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
3.2
Open Bugs
3.2.1
3.2.2
1)
2)
After last cycle of endurance run (Service Function) the cassette stays clamped
in the digitizer.
Workaround 1:
To avoid this press stop button before last endurance
run cycle ends.
Workaround 2:
When the cassette stays clamped restart the digitizer.
3)
The digitizer does not complete the current cassette cycle if the
Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) reports a power failure and runs on battery.
This error occurs when the power failure commences between the input of a
cassette and the identification.
In this case the image plate is stick back into the cassette and the cassette is
released, but there is no message displayed that the image plate is neither
scanned nor erased.
This bug is not related to the Digitizer Software and therefore is controlled by
the NX team.
4)
Under certain conditions, it is possible that the first inserted cassette is not
notified to NX and the system hangs. No images will be lost.
Workaround: If this symptom occurs switch off and then restart the digitizer. The
cassette will be ejected and can be scanned normally.
2)
During the upload of nodes software, irrelevant error messages are displayed in
the Error Viewer.
Workaround: Ignore these error messages.
3)
Edition 2, Revision 3
06-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.8 / 13
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
4.1
Solved Bugs
4.1.1
4.2
Open Bugs
4.2.1
2)
The digitizer does not complete the current cassette cycle if the
Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) reports a power failure and runs on battery.
This error occurs when the power failure commences between the input of a
cassette and the identification.
In this case the image plate is stick back into the cassette and the cassette is
released, but there is no message displayed that the image plate is neither
scanned nor erased.
3)
One step of the Diagnose cycle (from state IP with vacuum gripper caught
backwards to IP on scanner stage) does not work. The digitizer hangs up.
Avoid this step in the Diagnose cycle.
4)
After last cycle of endurance run (Service Function) the cassette stays clamped
in the digitizer.
Workaround: Restart the digitizer.
Edition 2, Revision 3
06-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.8 / 14
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
5)
4.2.2
Sporadically image data transfer from the DX-S to the processing station is not
completed. Digitizer stops and on the NX processing station error message
32003 comes up.
In this case, try to restart the NX processing station (not the DX-S).
4.2.3
4.2.4
The digitizer does not display any error message during start-up if plug ST8 at
air control board is disconnected.
2)
2)
Edition 2, Revision 3
06-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.8 / 15
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
4.2.5
4.2.6
The digitizer does not restart automatically after the upload of nodes software.
Workaround: Follow the installation instruction carefully.
2)
During the upload of nodes software, irrelevant error messages are displayed in
the Error Viewer.
Workaround: Ignore these error messages.
3)
2)
Edition 2, Revision 3
06-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.8 / 16
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
5.1
5.2
Solved Bugs
5.2.1
2)
3)
4)
In the e-label tab Value, the hours of operation entries did not count the hours
of standby.
5)
6)
Edition 2, Revision 3
06-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.8 / 17
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
5.2.2
5.2.3
5.2.4
7)
Starting errors of the flash erasure unit occurred because one retry for the
ignition of the flash lamp was not sufficient.
8)
The stepper motor which drives the locking mechanism, lost its
position sporadically.
The digitizer changed state to Ready (green) although an error 32126 was
shown on the control PC beforehand.
2)
In case the Calibration Client was activated on the control PC, the
status display of the digitizer switched from red to green.
3)
The digitizer did not display any error message during start-up if plug ST9 at
Air Control board was disconnected.
The digitizer did not display any error message if Erasure Unit node
was disconnected.
2)
The power supply did not detect that its fan was disconnected.
Edition 2, Revision 3
06-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.8 / 18
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
5.2.5
2)
There was no satisfactory description of cause and cure for error 32126.
3)
Under special test conditions, a wrong image was displayed in the Error Viewer
window during the rescue cycle. It did not match the error message.
5.3
Open Bugs
5.3.1
2)
3)
The digitizer does not complete the current cassette cycle if the
Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) reports a power failure and runs on battery.
This error occurs when the power failure commences between the input of a
cassette and the identification.
In this case the image plate is put back into the cassette and the cassette is
released, but there is no message displayed that the image plate is neither
scanned nor erased.
4)
One step of the Diagnose cycle (from state IP with vacuum gripper caught
backwards to IP on scanner stage) does not work. The digitizer hangs up.
Avoid this step in the Diagnose cycle.
Edition 2, Revision 3
06-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.8 / 19
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
5.3.2
5.3.3
5.3.4
5.3.5
The digitizer does not display any error message during start-up if plug ST8 at
air control board is disconnected.
2)
2)
3)
The digitizer does not restart automatically after the upload of nodes software.
Workaround: Follow the installation instructions carefully.
2)
During the upload of nodes software, irrelevant error messages are displayed in
the Error Viewer.
Workaround: Ignore these error messages.
3)
Edition 2, Revision 3
06-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.8 / 20
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
5.3.6
2)
Edition 2, Revision 3
06-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.8 / 21
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
6.1
6.2
Solved Bugs
6.2.1
Hardware
Solution for PowerHelp complaint HQ_0511240004:
The cause of sporadic hang-ups at some customer sites (Genuine Channels)
is eliminated.
6.3
Open Bugs
6.3.1
Error Messages
1)
Digitizer changes state to Ready (green) although an error 32126 was shown
on the control PC beforehand.
Sequence of activities:
ST6 at Air Control board is unconnected during Ready state;
digitizer attempts to suck three times and displays error 32126;
digitizer releases cassette and changes state to Ready (green).
2)
Digitizer does not display any error message during start-up if ST9 at
Air Control board is disconnected.
3)
Button <Confirm> in error message 33006 does not work. Window must be
closed by clicking the "x" at top right.
4)
Digitizer does not display any error message during start-up if ST8 at
Air Control board is disconnected.
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
10)
Digitizer displays error 1077 during start-up but state changes to Ready.
11)
12)
Edition 2, Revision 3
06-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.8 / 22
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
6.3.2
13)
14)
Hardware
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
figure 1
dis004.06_001.cdr
Edition 2, Revision 3
06-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.8 / 23
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
6.3.3
Software
1)
2)
Endurance Test in Stratus Service Client application starts only after clicking
the <Start> button twice.
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
Stratus software version is not stored in images which are exported with CR
QS software.
9)
10)
In the E-label Value the "hours of operation" entries do not count hours of
standby. Only values 0 and 1 are shown.
11)
12)
13)
Edition 2, Revision 3
06-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.8 / 24
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
7.1
2)
3)
4)
5)
7.2
Solved Bugs
7.2.1
Error Messages
1)
Error messages for errors appearing during start up are more expressive.
2)
Correct error code is displayed now if sensor reports vacuum after aerating the
scanned image plate.
New error code signals leakage in vacuum system.
3)
Connection of error code with additional system data (time, date, IP used etc.)
is implemented now.
4)
5)
If BU11 (RF Tag Reader) at Cassette Handling Board is not connected then
digitizer now displays an error at start-up.
6)
7)
8)
Edition 2, Revision 3
06-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.8 / 25
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
7.2.2
7.2.3
Hardware
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
When a printed circuit board is exchanged, then specific parameters are now
restored to the device via E-label.
10)
Software
1)
2)
3)
4)
A wide, bright stripe on images with very low signal level leads to a corrupt
image which is diagnostically unusable. This problem happens occasionally
and only after machine start up. A retake would be needed
5)
6)
7)
Edition 2, Revision 3
06-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.8 / 26
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
8)
9)
10)
11)
12)
13)
14)
Digitizer does now transmit image, when QS Cluster is closed and restarted.
15)
16)
17)
To prevent influence on the coarse adjustment of the A/D converter offsets the
active test of erasure unit is now started after adjustment of
A/D converter offsets.
18)
19)
A recovery cycle for lost focus level position of Distance Adjustment unit
(without new calibration) is introduced.
7.3
Open Bugs
7.3.1
Error Messages
1)
2)
Digitizer changes state to Ready (green) although an error 32126 was shown
on the control PC beforehand.
Sequence of activities:
ST6 at Air Control board is unconnected during Ready state;
digitizer attempts to suck three times and displays error 32126;
digitizer releases cassette and changes state to Ready (green).
3)
4)
Digitizer displays error 1077 during start-up but state changes to Ready.
5)
Edition 2, Revision 3
06-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.8 / 27
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
7.3.2
7.3.3
Hardware
1)
2)
Digitizer does not display any error message during start-up if ST9 at
Air Control board is disconnected.
3)
Digitizer does not display any error message if Erasure Unit node
is disconnected.
4)
Digitizer does not display any error message during start-up if ST8 at
Air Control board is disconnected.
5)
Software
1)
2)
3)
Endurance Test in Stratus Service Client application starts only after clicking
the <Start> button twice.
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
Stratus software version is not stored in images which are exported with
CR QS software.
9)
10)
11)
Button <Confirm> in error message 33006 does not work. Window must be
closed by clicking the "x" at top right.
12)
Edition 2, Revision 3
06-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.8 / 28
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
8.1
8.2
Solved Bugs
Software bug Pixel size too small is resolved. (HQ_050926001)
8.3
Open Bugs
8.3.1
Error Messages
8.3.2
1)
2)
3)
When vacuum segment no. 5 is not tight a wrong error message is displayed:
error32146 Failure at erasure module.
4)
5)
Hardware
1)
2)
3)
After the upload of nodes the digitizer reaches status ready, though the
system is not yet operational (should first do an automatic reboot).
4)
5)
6)
The shut-down behavior of the electronics of the erasure unit is not within the
specification (sporadically).
7)
Edition 2, Revision 3
06-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.8 / 29
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
8.3.3
8)
If the submenu for contrast and sounds in UIF is active, the digitizer LED does
not blink.
9)
10)
The power-on time of the erasure lamp is not life cycle optimized.
Software
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
Read function in QS ID Viewer always shows ID data of first cassette, even for
the second and further cassettes.
6)
Endurance Test in Stratus Service Client starts not until start button is pressed
two times.
7)
8)
9)
10)
Although a cassette of type 8 (18 x 24 cm) is inserted in the digitizer, the image
is saved as type 1 (35 x 43 cm) in QS.
11)
Although a cassette of type 8 (18 x 24 cm) is inserted in the digitizer, the image
is saved as type 1 (35 x 43 cm) in QS.
12)
13)
14)
15)
16)
17)
Contents of the E-label are not transferred automatically after module has
been replaced.
Edition 2, Revision 3
06-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.8 / 30
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
9.1
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
Renaming to DX-S.
7)
9.2
Solved Bugs
9.2.1
Error Messages
Wrong display text was shown:
Failure at erasure module. Please reset digitizer.
Now, a message prompts to check the erasure state of the IP and, if
necessary, to erase the IP again.
9.2.2
Hardware
Precision switches are monitored now, e.g. when cable break.
Edition 2, Revision 3
06-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.8 / 31
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
9.2.3
Software
1)
2)
3)
4)
After disconnecting and then re-connecting the Fire Wire cable, the image is
transmitted now from DX-S to CR QS. It may be necessary to
identify again.
5)
Two Redo Cycles are implemented in case of the failure that the IP cannot be
released from IP platform or pressure-sucker valve.
6)
7)
9.3
Open Bugs
9.3.1
Error Messages
When vacuum segment no. 5 is not tight a wrong error message is displayed:
error32146 Failure at erasure module.
9.3.2
Hardware
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
The shown error message after a power failure is insufficient; the error is only
shown on the CR QS.
7)
If the submenu for contrast and sounds in UIF is active, the digitizer LED does
not blink.
8)
Edition 2, Revision 3
06-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.8 / 32
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
9.3.3
Software
1)
2)
Contents of the E-label are not transferred automatically after module has
been replaced.
3)
4)
5)
6)
The error handling of problems in the air supply system is not correct.
7)
8)
After the upload of nodes the digitizer reaches status ready, though the
system is not yet operational (should first do an automatic reboot).
9)
10)
11)
Image transfer is only possible after 2 connection trials after the Fire Wire
cable was plugged in.
12)
13)
14)
Although a cassette of type 8 (18 x 24 cm) is inserted in the digitizer, the image
is saved as type 1 (35 x 43 cm) in QS.
15)
16)
If an empty cassette is inserted, the digitizer does only start operation after one
minute.
17)
Read function in QS ID Viewer always shows ID data of first cassette, even for
the second or further cassettes.
18)
Endurance Test in Stratus Service Client starts not until start button is pressed
two times.
19)
20)
Edition 2, Revision 3
06-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 3.8 / 33
Agfa Company Confidential
This page is intentionally left blank to enable print out of even and odd pages on duplex printers.
Chapter 3.9
HEALTHCARE
Imaging Services
DX-S
Type 5160/100
Please note
DD+DIS014.05E
Edition 2, Revision 0
01-2008
DX-S
Type 5160/100
Chapter 3.9 / 2
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
Chapter 4
List of Contents
A
Identification Diagrams
3.1
3.2
4.1
4.2
Table of Components.................................................................. 9
4.3
4.4
Table of Components.................................................................10
4.5
4.6
Table of Components.................................................................11
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
Table of Components.................................................................15
5.5
5.6
Table of Components.................................................................17
Edition 2, Revision 0
12-2006
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 4 / I
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
6.1
6.2
7.1
Diagram Scanner........................................................................20
7.2
8.1
8.2
Circuit Diagrams
Mounting-Rack .................................................................. sheet 1
Cassette-Handling Unit..................................................... sheet 2
IP-Handling Unit ................................................................ sheet 3
Air-Supply Unit .................................................................. sheet 4
Scanner .............................................................................. sheet 5
Flash-Erasure-Unit ............................................................ sheet 6
Chapter 4 / II
Agfa Company Confidential
DX-S
Type 5160
Edition 2, Revision 0
12-2006
DD+DIS014.05E
Identification Diagrams
600
500
300
100
5160_chap04_001.cdr
figure 1
Edition 2, Revision 0
12-2006
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 4 / 1
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
300
400
5160_chap04_002.cdr
figure 2
Chapter 4 / 2
Agfa Company Confidential
DX-S
Type 5160
Edition 2, Revision 0
12-2006
DD+DIS014.05E
Function
Refer to
100
B101
figure 3
100
B146
SHI board
figure 3
100
B148
figure 3
100
B182
e-label frame
figure 3
100
BU2
figure 3
100
S7
figure 3
100
ST9#5
FireWire to PC
figure 3
200
B227
figure 4
200
B250
figure 4
200
B251
figure 4
200
B252
figure 4
200
B253
figure 4
200
B255
figure 4
200
B256
figure 4
200
B257
figure 4
200
B258
cassette reader
figure 4
200
B276
figure 4
200
B277
figure 4
200
B278
figure 4
200
B279
figure 4
300
B388
cassette IP adapter
(see page 15)
figure 4
200
M213
figure 4
200
M216
SM locking
figure 4
200
M217
SM opener
figure 4
200
R208
figure 4
200
B267
Z-sensor
figure 5
200
ST1#5
BU112
figure 6
200
ST31
BU47
figure 6
Edition 2, Revision 0
12-2006
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 4 / 3
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
Function
Refer to
300
B389
figure 5
300
B391
figure 5
300
B366
figure 7
300
B359
figure 7
300
B360
figure 8
300
B361
figure 8
300
B362
figure 8
300
B365
IP handling board
figure 8
300
B383
figure 8
300
B384
figure 8
300
B385
figure 8
300
B386
figure 8
300
B388
cassette IP adapter
figure 8
300
M318
SM linear transport
figure 8
300
M319
SM slow scan
figure 8
300
M320
SM snap hooks
figure 8
300
M321
SM connector
figure 8
300
MC1
figure 9
300
MC2
figure 9
300
ST1
BU113
figure 9
300
ST9
BU69
figure 9
400
B438
air-control board
figure 8
400
B439
figure 8
400
MG4
figure 10
400
MG10
figure 10
500
B569
figure 11
500
B570
figure 11
500
B571
figure 11
500
B572
figure 11
500
B574
figure 11
500
B575
distribution board
figure 11
500
B580
flexboard
figure 11
500
B587
figure 11
Chapter 4 / 4
Agfa Company Confidential
DX-S
Type 5160
Edition 2, Revision 0
12-2006
DD+DIS014.05E
Function
Refer to
500
M510
SM right distance
figure 11
500
M511
SM left distance
figure 11
500
S505
figure 11
500
S506
figure 11
600
B668
erasure unit
figure 12
600
BU603
figure 12
600
MC1
figure 12
600
MC2
figure 12
Edition 2, Revision 0
12-2006
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 4 / 5
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
3.1
B182
B148
M412
B146
ST9#5
B101
5160_chap04_003.cdr
figure 3
Chapter 4 / 6
Agfa Company Confidential
DX-S
Type 5160
Edition 2, Revision 0
12-2006
DD+DIS014.05E
3.2
Abbreviations
Function
Sheet
Circuit
Diagram Page /
Coord.
100
B101
Sheet 1
I/ A-E 6
100
B146
SHI board
Sheet 1
I/
100
B148
Sheet 1
I/ G-H 1-2
100
B182
e-label frame
Sheet 1
I/ C-D 1
100
S7
Sheet 1
I/
100
ST9#5
FireWire to PC
Sheet 1
I/
2-3
BU1
ST75
Sheet 1
I/
100
BU2
ST83
to the distribution
board
Sheet 1
I/
100
ST2
BU 78
Remote ON/OFF
Sheet 1
I/
100
ST3
BU111
CAN-BUS 1:1
Sheet 1
I/
Edition 2, Revision 0
12-2006
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 4 / 7
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
4.1
B252
M216
B257
R208
B255
M217
B276
B277
B278
B279
B253
B388
B258
B250
M213
B227
B251
5160_chap04_004.cdr
figure 4
Chapter 4 / 8
Agfa Company Confidential
DX-S
Type 5160
Edition 2, Revision 0
12-2006
DD+DIS014.05E
4.2
Table of Components
Ass.
Abbreviation
Function
Sheet
Circuit
Diagram Page /
Coord.
200
B227
opener home-position
sensor
Sheet 2
200
B250
200
B251
cover-opener control
sensor
200
B252
II/ A-B 1
200
B253
fixer home-position
sensor
Sheet 2
200
B255
fixer clamp-position
sensor
Sheet 2
II/
200
B256
locking home-position
sensor
Sheet 2
II/ A-B 2
200
B257
Sheet 2
II/ A-B 1
200
B258
cassette reader
Sheet 2
II/ C-D 2
200
B267
Z-sensor
Sheet 2
II/
200
B276
dimension 24 control
sensor
Sheet 2
II/
200
B277
dimension 30 control
sensor
Sheet 2
II/
200
B278
dimension 35 control
sensor
Sheet 2
II/
200
B279
dimension 43 control
sensor
Sheet 2
II/ F-G 2
300
B388
cassette IP adapter
belongs to assy. 300,
(see page 15)
Sheet 2
III/ G-H 1
200
M213
Sheet 2
II/
200
M216
SM locking
Sheet 2
II/
200
M217
SM opener
Sheet 2
II/
200
R208
cassette detection
sensor
Sheet 2
II/
Sheet 2
II/
Edition 2, Revision 0
12-2006
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 4 / 9
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
4.3
B391
B267
B389
5160_chap04_005.cdr
figure 5
4.4
Table of Components
Ass.
Abbreviation
Function
Sheet
Circuit
Diagram Page/
Coord.
200
B267
Z-sensor
Sheet 2
II/
300
B389
Sheet 3
III/ F-G 2
300
B391
Sheet 3
III/ F-G 2
Chapter 4 / 10
Agfa Company Confidential
DX-S
Type 5160
Edition 2, Revision 0
12-2006
DD+DIS014.05E
4.5
ST 12
BU 11 ST 33 ST 34
ST 39
ST 13
ST 38
ST 14
ST 35
ST 1#5
ST 15
ST 31
5160_chap04_006.cdr
figure 6
4.6
Table of Components
Ass.
Abbreviation
Function
Sheet
Circuit
Diagram Page/
Coord.
200
ST1#5
BU112
Sheet 2
II/
200
ST31
BU47
Sheet 2
II/
Edition 2, Revision 0
12-2006
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 4 / 11
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
5.1
B366
B359
5160_chap04_007.cdr
figure 7
Chapter 4 / 12
Agfa Company Confidential
DX-S
Type 5160
Edition 2, Revision 0
12-2006
DD+DIS014.05E
5.2
Abbreviation
Function
Sheet
Circuit
Diagram Page/
Coord.
300
B366
Sheet 3
III/ B-C 2
300
B359
Sheet 3
III/ A-B 6
Edition 2, Revision 0
12-2006
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 4 / 13
Agfa Company Confidential
5.3
DD+DIS014.05E
5160_chap04_008.cdr
figure 8
Chapter 4 / 14
Agfa Company Confidential
DX-S
Type 5160
Edition 2, Revision 0
12-2006
DD+DIS014.05E
5.4
Table of Components
Ass.
Abbreviation
Function
Sheet
Circuit
Diagram Page/
Coord.
300
B359
linear-transport home
sensor
Sheet 3
III/
300
B360
Sheet 3
III/
2-3
300
B361
III/
300
B362
Sheet 3
III/
300
B365
IP handling board
Sheet 3
300
B366
Sheet 3
III/
300
B383
begin-of-scan (BOS)
sensor
Sheet 3
III/
300
B384
bottom-end control
sensor
Sheet 3
III/
300
B385
upper-end control
sensor
Sheet 3
III/
300
B386
Sheet 3
III/
300
B388
cassette IP adapter
(see figure 4)
Sheet 3
III/ G-H 1
300
B389
Sheet 3
III/ F-G 2
300
B391
Sheet 3
III/ F-G 2
300
M318
SM linear transport
Sheet 3
III/
300
M319
SM slow scan
Sheet 3
III/
300
M320
SM snap hooks
Sheet 3
III/
300
M321
SM connector
Sheet 3
III/
1-2
400
B438
air-control board
Sheet 4
400
B439
vacuum distribution
plate
Sheet 4
IV/ A-C 2
Edition 2, Revision 0
12-2006
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 4 / 15
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
5.5
ST 36
ST 11
ST 15
ST 41
ST 40
BU 1
MC 1 Transmitter
MC 2 Receiver
ST 1
ST 43
ST 9
ST 37
ST 38
5160_chap04_009.cdr
figure 9
Chapter 4 / 16
Agfa Company Confidential
DX-S
Type 5160
Edition 2, Revision 0
12-2006
DD+DIS014.05E
5.6
Table of Components
Ass.
Abbreviation
Function
Sheet
Circuit
Diagram Page/
Coord.
300
MC1
III/ D-E 4
300
MC2
Sheet 3
III/ D-E 4
300
ST1
BU113
Sheet 3
III/ E
300
ST9
BU69
Sheet 3
III/ E
Edition 2, Revision 0
12-2006
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 4 / 17
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
6.1
MG4
5160_chap04_010.cdr
figure 10
Chapter 4 / 18
Agfa Company Confidential
DX-S
Type 5160
Edition 2, Revision 0
12-2006
DD+DIS014.05E
6.2
Abbreviation
Function
Sheet
Circuit
Diagram Page/
Coord.
400
B438
Sheet 4
400
B439
vacuum distribution
plate (see figure 8)
Sheet 4
IV/ A-C 2
400
MG4
Sheet 4
IV/
400
MG10
Sheet 4
400
ST1
BU50
Sheet 4
IV/
400
ST 5
BU49
Sheet 4
IV/
2-3
M403
Sheet 4
IV/
400
M412
machine fan
Sheet 4
IV/
400
M422
pressure pump
Sheet 4
IV/
400
M423
vacuum pump
Sheet 4
IV/
4-5
400
MG1
Sheet 4
IV/
400
MG2
Sheet 4
IV/ C-D 5
400
MG3
vacuum accumulator
valve
Sheet 4
IV/
400
MG5
Sheet 4
IV/
400
MG9
drainage valves
Sheet 4
IV/
Edition 2, Revision 0
12-2006
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 4 / 19
Agfa Company Confidential
7.1
Diagram Scanner
DD+DIS014.05E
B588
B589
5160_chap04_011.cdr
figure 11
Chapter 4 / 20
Agfa Company Confidential
DX-S
Type 5160
Edition 2, Revision 0
12-2006
DD+DIS014.05E
7.2
Abbreviation
Function
Sheet
Circuit
Diagram Page/
Coord.
500
B569
Sheet 5
V/
500
B570
Sheet 5
V/ A-B 1
500
B571
Sheet 5
V/ B-G 2
500
B572
Sheet 5
V/ C-F 3-4
500
B574
Sheet 5
V/ B-G 1
500
B575
distribution board
Sheet 5
V/
500
B580
flexboard
Sheet 5
V/ B-C 3-6
500
B587
Sheet 5
V/
1-2
500
B588
Adapter board
Sheet 5
500
B589
Adapter board
Sheet 5
500
M510
SM right distance
Sheet 5
V/ G-H 2-3
500
M511
SM left distance
Sheet 5
V/
500
S505
Sheet 5
V/ G-H 3
500
S506
Sheet 5
V/
B
B
5-6
2
3
Edition 2, Revision 0
12-2006
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 4 / 21
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
8.1
B668
5160_chap04_012.cdr
figure 12
Chapter 4 / 22
Agfa Company Confidential
DX-S
Type 5160
Edition 2, Revision 0
12-2006
DD+DIS014.05E
8.2
Abbreviation
Function
Sheet
Circuit
Diagram Page/
Coord.
600
B668
erasure unit
Sheet 6
600
BU603
Sheet 6
VI/ B-C 4
600
MC1
VI/
3-4
600
MC2
VI/
3-4
Edition 2, Revision 0
12-2006
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 4 / 23
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
Circuit Diagrams
sheets 1 - 6, see following pages:
Chapter 4 / 24
Agfa Company Confidential
DX-S
Type 5160
Edition 2, Revision 0
12-2006
1/16
2/16
9/16
10/16
3/16
4/16
11/16
12/16
13/16
A
B
C
D
-ST3
E
*10/10
BU9-D-SUB-IND
-BU111
AWG 24
AWG 24
AWG 24
AWG 24
AWG 24
CAN-BUS 1:1
Remote ON/OFF
+8V
GND +8V
-B101
F8.5160.4700.0
F
AWG 24
AWG 24
BN
BK
0C
0B
IDX
*10/10
BU9-D-SUB-IND
-BU110
F8.5160.4130.1
-W130-1
-BU1
*4/4
BU4-75G-SMD
AWG 24
AWG 24
E-LABEL FRAME
-ST88
ST2-MICFITG
1/2
Change-NR
BU2-MICFITG
1/2
-ST88
ST2-MICFITG
2/2
BU2-MICFITG
2/2
First
Circuit
2
6
3
3
2
RD
RD
Line Voltage
USER
37442
03.03.06
37228
30.05.2005
Serro
F1.5160.4003.0C
DATE
NAME
Replacement for
AGHWP NORM
APPR.
#10/11
ST9-32WLP-SMD
-ST1
BN
1/2
BK
2/2
BU2-MICFITG
-BU146
-ST4
-B148
F1-5160-4813-0.dfs
-W130-3
F8.5160.4130.1
-BU144
-BU144
Last
Circuit
Last
Circuit
Last
Circuit
ST9-D-SUB
2
2
2
Last
Circuit
ST2-MICFITG1
BU9_D-SUB-xxx
A
First
Circuit
First
Circuit
DATE
NAME
25.01.2005
Serro
Last
Circuit
Sheet name:
*10/10
ST10-98G-SMD
-ST1#1
F8.5160.4140.0
*4/4
BU4-75G-SMD
-BU1#4
-W140
*4/4
ST4-70-SMD
CAN-BUS 1:1
-ST3
F8.5160.4140.0
-W140-2,-W140-3
-W130-3:shield#1
F8.5160.4130.1
-W130-3
-W130-2:shield#1
-W130-1:shield#1
F8.5160.4130.1
-W130-1
F8.5160.4130.1
-W130-2
First
Circuit
Last
Circuit
B
Last
Circuit
A
First
Circuit
DX-S
Mounting-Rack
1
BN
BK
S/16
BU15-D-SUB-CMP
7/16
8/16
-BU78
BN
BK
BK
OG
BN
AWG 24
F8.5160.4150.0
-W150
F8.5160.4140.0
-W140-1,-W140-2
*9/9
ST9-32WME
S/16
ST15-32WME
15/16
7/16
8/16
14/16
1/16
3/16
6/16
2/16
4/16
RD
*4/4
ST4-MICROMATCH
-ST97
*10/10
BU9-D-SUB-IND
-BU109
F8.5160.4160.0
-W160
1/16
3/16
9/16
10/16
11/16
12/16
13/16
6/16
2/16
4/16
5/16
-BU78
BN
OG
BK
5/16
11/11
ST9-32WLP-SMD
-BU131
-ST2
S/10
ST9-D-SUB-CMP
/5.5A
/5.5A
-ST25
1/4
ST4-MICFITW-SMD
+9V_IN
GND+9V_IN
/5.5A
/5.5A
4/4
2/4
3/4
S/10
BU9-32WME1
-W120:shield#1
GND+20V_IN
+20V_IN
*10/10
ST10-28D-SMD
4/4
2/4
3/4
AWG 24
AWG 24
AWG 24
AWG 24
-ST1
*4/4
BU4-75G-SMD
-BU1
*4/4
BU4-75G-SMD
-BU10
#10/11
ST9-32WLP-SMD
-ST22
VT
GY
OG
YE
18-30V_IN
/5.5A
GND for the 3.5 to 6.8 and 18 to 30V
/5.5A
/5.5A
/5.5A
*10/10
ST10-98G-SMD
-ST1#20
*10/10
ST10-98G-SMD
-ST24
*40/40
BU40-MINI-FIX
-BU162
*4/4
ST4-MICROMATCH
8/10
9/10
4/10
5/10
AWG 24
GND+4V_18-30V_IN
GND+4V_18-30V_IN
+4V_IN
+4V_IN
*40/40
ST40-98G-SMD
-ST21
-ST99
8/10
9/10
4/10
5/10
RD
AWG 24
AWG 24
AWG 24
AWG 24
/3.5H
/3.5H
SHI-BOARD
3/10
BN
BU
BK
GN
F8.5160.4120.0
-W120
-W110-3:shield#1
/2.6E
+36V and GND for the CASSETTE HANDLING UNIT
/2.6E
3/10
2/10
7/10
1/10
6/10
-ST83
S/16
ST15-D-SUB-CMP
AWG 20
AWG 20
+36V/EXT
0V/EXT36V
2/10
7/10
1/10
6/10
-BU2
S/16
BU15-32WME
BK
BN
F8.5160.4110.1
-W110-3
-W110-2:shield#1
F8.5160.4110.1
-W110-2
-B146
F1-5160-4773-0.dfs
6/16
8/16
AWG 20
AWG 20
/4.2H
/4.3H
/4.3H
/4.2H
/4.2H
/4.2H
-ST9#5
#8/10
S7430
6/16
8/16
14/16
15/16
BK
BN
#62
#62
#62
#61
#61
#61
5/16
7/16
-W110-1:shield#1
F8.5160.4110.1
-W110-1
AWG 20
AWG 20
AWG 20
AWG 20
AWG 20
AWG 20
FIRE WIRE
TO PC
BK
BN
GN
RD
OG
YE
CAN-BUS 1:1
/2.6G
/3.4H
/4.1G
/5.4A
3/16
4/16
11/16
1/16
2/16
9/16
-ST75
/6.5C
/5.5A
5/16
7/16
-BU1
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein. Reproduction, use or disclosure
to third parties without express authority is strictly
forbidden.
AGFA
A
H
TO DISTRIBUTION BORD
X
1/2
2/2
ST2-MICFITW-SMD
F8.5160.1280.x
1
-B182
F1-9499-8360-0.dfs
11/11
-W130-2
2
F8.5160.4130.1
1/4
RD
BU4-MICFITG
-W_S107
AWG 24
F8.5160.4107.0
-S7
MPA106D
AWG 24
BU4-MICFITG
A
First
Circuit
BU40-MINI-FIX
Last
Circuit
5
BU2_MIGFITG1
A
B
B
First
Circuit
6
6
Project
5160
Sheet 1
/ 100
of
6 SH
-W203
F8.5160.4203.0
1:1
-BU39
-ST1
*4/4
ST4-70
LOCKING END-CONTROL S.
*4/4
BU4-MICRO-MODUL
-B257
F1-9499-6583-0.dfs
1
*4/4
ST4-70
-W202
-BU45
-ST1
1:1
F8.5160.4202.0
*4/4
BU4-MICRO-MODUL
-BU125
-ST1
*4/4
ST4-70
LOCKING CASSETTE-CONTACT S.
*4/4
BU4-MICRO-MODUL
FIXER CLAMP-POSITION S.
-B255
F1-9499-6583-0.dfs
-B252
F1-9499-6543-0.dfs
ST6-MICROMATCH
-BU95
DIMENSION_24-CTRL S.
DIMENSION_30-CTRL S.
-B276
F1-9499-5883-0.dfs
-B277
F1-9499-5883-0.dfs
-BU93
-W204
-BU94
-ST1
*4/4
BU4-MICRO-MODUL
*4/4
ST4-70
DIMENSION_35-CTRL S.
-B278
F1-9499-5883-0.dfs
-BU41
F8.5160.4204.0
1/8
2/8
3/8
4/8
5/8
6/8
7/8
8/8
ST8-MICFITG-SMD
-BU132
Pin 1,2,3,4
#4/20
BU20-MICRO-MODUL
Pin 5,6,7,8
#4/20
#4/20
Pin 9,10,11,12
#4/20
#4/20
Pin 13,14,15,16
#4/20
#4/20
Pin 17,18,19,20
#4/20
-BU135
#4/20
-ST39
ST12-70-SMD
Pin 5,6,7,8
#4/12
Pin 1,2,3,4
#4/12
BU12-MICRO-MODUL
#4/12
#4/20
ST20-70-SMD
-ST1#5
-BU112
*4/4
BU4-75G-SMD
F8.5160.4513.0
BU2-MIGFITG1
-BU36
First
Circuit
2
First
Circuit
BU9-D-SUB-SLD First
2
BU16-MICRO-MODUL
20
BU12-MICRO-MODUL
Circuit
BU4-MICRO-MODUL
L 4
CAN-BUS 1:1
COVER OPENER-CONTROL S.
-W206
F8.5160.4206.0
-B251
F1-9499-6543-0.dfs
-BU72
-ST1
*4/4
BU4-MICRO-MODUL
*4/4
ST4-70
Z-SENSOR
-B267
F1-9499-6543-0.dfs
6
USER
APPR.
0C
37442
0B
37228
IDX
Change-NR
03.03.06
AGHWP NORM
DATE
NAME
25.01.2005
Serro
DX-S
Cassette-Handling Unit
Sheet name:
30.05.2005
Serro
F1.5160.4003.0C
DATE
NAME
Replacement for
26054
C
*4/4
ST4-70
Z-Sensor from
IP-Handling
Last
Circuit
A
-ST1
+36V/EXT
0V/EXT36V
Last
Circuit
*4/4
ST4-70
/3.1F
2
2
-BU38
*4/4
BU4-MICRO-MODUL
-ST1
OPENER HOME-POSITION S.
-B227
F1-9499-6543-0.dfs
F8.5160.4140.0
-W140,-W140-1
*4/4
BU4-MICRO-MODUL
/1.1A
First
Circuit
RD
-ST1#5
11/11
ST9-32WLP-SMD
Last
Circuit
1:1
BU8-MICFITG
Last
Circuit
A
B
BU
BU
*10/10
BU9-D-SUB-IND
F8.5160.4110.1
BU6-MICFITG
Last
Circuit
B
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein. Reproduction, use or disclosure
to third parties without express authority is strictly
forbidden.
AGFA
Last
Circuit
VT
GN
F8.5160.4513.0
1/2
2/2
BU2-MIGFITG1
-W110-2
First
Circuit
VT
BN
BK
First
Circuit
BU4-MICFITG
WHBK
WHGN
Pin 1,2,3,4
AWG 20
AWG 20
Last
Circuit
First
Circuit
Last
Circuit
BK
F8.5160.4205.0
-BU134
-BU150
#10/11
ST9-32WLP-SMD
-BU1#8
-B250
F1-5160-4873-0.dfs
B
B
B
First
Circuit
-W205
-BU134
ST5918-S2008-B
-M213
BU3-MICFITG1
Last
Circuit
SM-FIXER_with_BREAK
BU2-MICFITG1
#4/12
#4/12
#4/12
-ST34
*4/4
BU4-MICRO-MODUL
-BU46
-ST33
*6/6
ST6-MICROMATCH
-ST15
1/8
2/8
3/8
4/8
5/8
6/8
7/8
8/8
ST8-MICFITG-SMD
1:1
-ST35
1/2
2/2
ST2-MIC-FIT-SMD
-BU47
1/8
2/8
3/8
4/8
5/8
6/8
7/8
8/8
BU8-MICFITG
*4/4
ST4-70
-ST38
#4/12
ST12-70-SMD
1/2
2/2
ST2-MICFITG1-SMD
BK
BK/WH
BN
RD/WH
GN/WH
GN
OG/WH
OG
-ST38
#4/12
ST12-70-SMD
-ST31
RD
YE
WHYE
WHRD
GN
-ST14
1/2
2/2
WHBK
WHGN
1/8
2/8
3/8
4/8
5/8
6/8
7/8
8/8
BU8-MICFITG
#4/12
ST12-70-SMD
*10/10
ST10-98G-SMD
BK
BK/WH
RD
RD/WH
GN/WH
GN
OG/WH
OG
-ST38
-ST1#7
ST5918-S2008
-M217
-BU151
BK
SM-OPENER
1/4
2/4
3/4
4/4
ST4-MICFITG-SMD
1/3
2/3
3/3
ST3-MICFITG1-SMD
F8.5160.4517.0
-ST13
-ST12
1/4
2/4
3/4
4/4
BU4-MICFITG
-ST41
RD
WH
YE
BU
-BU133
ST3-MICFITG1
*4/4
ST4-70-SMD
-BU13
BU
GY
RD
YE
-ST8
BU3-MICFITG1
YE
F8.5160.4516.0
YE
3/3
2/3
1/3
*4/4
ST4-70-SMD
WH
3/3
2/3
1/3
-ST40
ST4118-M1204
-M216
F8.5160.4207.0
-ST100
*4/4
ST4-70-SMD
SM-LOCKING
RD
MMR-10-11-7152R10K
-R208
RD
F8.5160.4204.0
-W207
-BU163
-BU11
F8.5160.4208.0
-ST1
FIXER HOME-POSITION S.
-B253
F1-9499-5883-0.dfs
-W204
1/3
2/3
3/3
BU3-MICFITG1
-GND11
Cassette-Detection S.
Last
Circuit
*4/4
BU4-MICRO-MODUL
DIMENSION_43-CTRL S.
-B279
F1-9499-5883-0.dfs
-W204
F8.5160.4204.0
GN
Last
Circuit
F8.5160.4204.0
*4/4
BU4-MICRO-MODUL
BRAKE
*4/4
ST4-70
*4/4
BU4-MICRO-MODUL
YE
-ST1
-BU92
-ST1
*4/4
ST4-70
-W204
1/1
1:1
*4/4
ST4-70
-ST1
F8.5160.4210.A
KASCHUH-0.5-1-M3
F8.5160.4204.0
F8.5160.4201.0
*6/6
*6/6
BU6-75G-SMD
1/1
KASCHUH-0.5-1-M3
-GND10
-B258
F7.0486.1401.0
*4/4
BU4-MICRO-MODUL
-W204
-W201
-ST9
*6/6
BU6-75G-SMD
WHRD
WHYE
-BU43
-ST1
*4/4
ST4-70
LOCKING HOME-POSITION S.
-B256
F1-9499-6583-0.dfs
-BU1
*4/4
BU4-MICRO-MODUL
CASSETTE READER
Project
5160
/ 100
Sheet 2
of
6 SH
F8.5160.4520.0
F8.5160.4521.0
BU
-BU64
-BU62
Pin 1, 2, 3, 4
BU
4/4
BU4-MICFITG
#16/20
#4/20
#4/12
ST12-70-SMD #4/20
ST20-70-SMD
-BU156
#16/20
-ST1
SNAPHOOKS CLOSE S.
*4/4
BU4-MICRO-MODUL
#4/16
#4/16
#4/16
#4/16
-ST11
First
Circuit
-W310
-BU157
*4/4
ST4-70-SMD
1:1
F8.5160.4310.0
*4/4
BU4-MICRO-MODUL
-BU155
*16/16
ST16-70-SMD
#4/16
ST16-70-SMD
BU16-MICRO-MODUL
20
BU9-D-SUB-SLD
-ST40
16
BU20-MICRO-MODUL
#4/16
Pin 5, 6, 7, 8
BU16-MICRO-MODUL
-ST41
#4/16
First
Circuit
First
Circuit
-BU158
*4/4
ST4-70-SMD
Last
Circuit
*10/10
ST10-98G-SMD
3/4
3/4
#8/12
*8/8
BU8-MICRO-MODUL
BU2-MIGFITG1
Last
Circuit
-ST15
*8/8
ST8-70-SMD
-ST1
ST4-MICFITG-SMD4/4
1/4
2/4
-BU106
1/4
2/4
-ST36
-ST35
1/4
2/4
3/4
4/4
ST4-MICFITG-SMD
F8.5160.4303.1
-B366
F1-9499-6543-0.dfs
-W303
*4/4
ST4-70
-ST1
SNAPHOOKS OPEN S.
-BU161
-ST2
SLIDING RAILS S.
1:1
-BU65
YE
*4/4
ST4-70
-BU140
1/4
2/4
3/4
4/4
BU4-MICFITG
RD
WH
YE
BU
-ST1
*4/4
RD
WH
-B391
F1-5160-4743-0.dfs
BU4-MICRO-MODUL
*4/4
BU4-MICRO-MODUL
/2.6G
DUAL PULSED RECEIVER FOR SNAPHOOKS
YE
*4/4
BU4-MICRO-MODUL
CONNECTOR HOME S.
-B360
F1-9499-6543-0.dfs
-4
WH
-BU105
-ST3
*4/4
Upper-END-CTRL S.
ST4-70
-B385
f1-9499-6583-0.df
RD
-B388
F1-5160-4753-0.dfs
#4/12
BU12-MICRO-MODUL
ST4118-M1204
-M321
*4/4
ST4-70-SMD
CASSETTE-IP ADAPTER
Pin 9 to 12
YE
Pin 17 to 20
BU20-MICRO-MODUL
F8.5160.4307.0
BU
SM-CONNECTOR
-ST3
*4/4
BU4-MICRO-MODUL
-W307
*4/4
BU4-MICRO-MODUL
-BU154
F8.5160.4206.0
-ST2
-BU141
SNAPHOOKS HOME S.
-B361
f1-9499-5883-0.df
-W206
#8/12
*4/4
ST4-70
WH
*4/4
BU4-MICRO-MODUL
Pin 1 to 16
-BU159
-ST4
COLLISION-CTRL S.
-B386
f1-9499-6583-0.df
-BU63
Pin 1 to 8
RD
-ST1
*4/4
ST4-70
Z-Sensor to Cassette-Handling
1/1
RING-TERM-10
SM-SNAPHOOKS
ST4118-M1204
-M320
F8.5160.4351.0
-5
1/1
RING-TERM-10
*16/16
BU16-MICRO-MODUL
Last
Circuit
-BU1
*4/4
BU4-75G-SMD
IP-HANDLING BOARD
MC1 Transmitter
/6.5H
MC2 Receiver
#4/20
#4/20
#4/20
#10/11
#4/20
#4/20
11/11
ST9-32WLP-SMD
-ST1
*4/4
ST4-70
*10/10
ST10-98G-SMD
-ST30
1/2
2/2
BU2-MIGFITG1
BN
BK
AWG 20
AWG 20
X
X
Last
Circuit
A
B
A
B
A
B
2
First
Circuit
SM-SLOWSCAN
Last
Circuit
A
2
2
Last
Circuit
-6
1/1
KASCHUH-2.5-6-M4
F8.5160.4350.0
BU8-MICFITG
BU4-MICFITG
Last
Circuit
1/1
-7
BK
GN
YE
RD
RING-TERM-10
ST5918-S2008
-M318
First
Circuit
ST5918-S2008
-M319
-W302
Pin 1, 2, 3, 4
BU4-MICRO-MODUL
*4/4
LINEAR-TRANSPORT HOME S.
-BU119
-B359
F1-9499-6543-0.dfs
/1.4B
/1.4B
SM-LINEAR_TRANSPORT
F8.5160.4518.0
1/8
2/8
3/8
4/8
5/8
6/8
7/8
8/8
1/2
2/2
ST2-MIC-FIT-SMD
KASCHUH-2.5-6-M4
RING-TERM-10
-8
1/1
F8.5160.4350.0
BK
F8.5160.4110.1
-BU69
F8.5160.4302.1
-W110-3
-ST9
YE
/1.1A
CAN-BUS 1:1
GN
-BU66
*4/4
BU4-MICRO-MODUL
WHYE
WHRD
WHGN
WHBK
F8.5160.4140.0
*10/10
BU9-D-SUB-IND
RD
1/1
*4/4
BU4-MICRO-MODUL
-9
-BU138
F8.5160.4519.0
-BU136
*4/4
-BU137
1:1
BK
1/8
BK/WH 2/8
RD
3/8
RD/WH 4/8
GNWH 5/8
GN
6/8
YE/WH 7/8
OG
8/8
BU8-MICFITG
-B365
F1-5160-4863-0.dfs
BU4-MICRO-MODUL
BOTTOM-END-CTRL S.
-B384
f1-9499-6583-0.df
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein. Reproduction, use or disclosure
to third parties without express authority is strictly
forbidden.
AGFA
BU20-MICRO-MODUL
WHRD
WHYE
-BU68
#4/20
ST20-70-SMD
-W140-3,-W140-4
-BU113
-ST1
1/8
2/8
3/8
4/8
5/8
6/8
7/8
8/8
ST8-MICFITG-SMD
*4/4
ST4-70
#4/20
SLOW-SCAN HOME S.
-B362
f1-9499-6583-0.df
-ST2
#4/20
-ST37
F8.5160.4302.1
-ST43
#4/20
Pin 5, 6, 7, 8
-W302
-ST1
*4/4
ST4-70
-BU139
Pin 1, 2, 3, 4
BK
1/8
BK/WH 2/8
RD
3/8
RD/WH
4/8
GN/WH
5/8
GN
6/8
OG/WH
7/8
OG
8/8
BU8-MICFITG
F8.5160.4302.1
WHGN
WHBK
-W302
4
USER
-ST1
APPR.
*4/4
ST4-70-SMD
BEGIN-OF-SCAN (BOS)
-B383
F1-5160-4763-A.dfs
E
0C
0B
37442
37228
03.03.06
AGHWP NORM
IDX
Change-NR
NAME
25.01.2005
Serro
DX-S
IP-Handling Unit
Sheet name:
30.05.2005
Serro
F1.5160.4003.0C
DATE
NAME
Replacement for
26054
F
DATE
Project
5160
/ 100
Sheet 3
of
6 SH
/1.1A
Last
Circuit
ST4-MICFITG
BU4-MICFITG
Last
Circuit
B
A
Last
Circuit
Last
Circuit
-ST1
First
Circuit
-BU1#3
*4/4
BU4-75G-SMD
#10/11
ST9-32WLP-SMD
*10/10
ST10-98G-SMD
*40/40
ST40-98G-SMD
-ST18
-ST10
1/3
2/3
3/3
ST3-MICFITG1-SMD
-ST9
*40/40
BU40-MINI-FIX
2
First
Circuit
-B439
F8.5160.2055.0
-W110-1
F8.5160.4110.1
AIR-CTRL BOARD
1/6
2/6
3/6
4/6
5/6
6/6
ST6-MICFITG-SMD
F8.5160.8120.0
-BU48
1
Last
Circuit
AWG 20
AWG 20
AWG 20
AWG 20
AWG 20
-BU74
BK
BK
1/1
S2.8x0.5-ISO-A
PRESSURE PUMP
PJ19014
-M422
5
BK
2
-BU34
-BU5
BK
1/1
S2.8x0.5-ISO-A
AWG 20
BK
-BU31
1/1
S2.8x0.5-ISO-A
2
-BU3
BK
1/1
S2.8x0.5-ISO-A
1
-BU30
BK
1/1
S2.8x0.5-ISO-A
-BU29
BK
1/1
S2.8x0.5-ISO-A
1
-BU22
BK
1/1
S2.8x0.5-ISO-A
-BU23
AWG 20
1/1
S2.8x0.5-ISO-A
AWG 20
AWG 20
PJ20271
-M423
RD
AWG 20
AWG 20
-ST74
AWG 20
AWG 20
2/2
1/2
9A0624H401
-M403
2/2
1/2
FAN_FOR_PUMPS
AWG 20
AWG 20
bk
ST2-Mate-N-Lok BU2-Mate-N-Lok
RD
BK
rd
F7.0431.7264.0
1/2
2/2
BU2-MICFITG
VACUUM PUMP
SA-211293
-MG9
First
Circuit
AWG 20
DRAINAGE_VALVES
-BU147
1/2
2/2
ST2-MICFITG
/1.4B
/1.4B
/1.4B
/1.4B
/1.4B
/1.4B
ST2-MICFITG1
BK 4/8
BK 3/8
RD 2/8
RD 1/8
BU8-MICFITG1
6/8
5/8
BK
BK
F8.5160.4430.0 -BU32
BK 8/8
BK 7/8
5/8
6/8
BK
BK
BK 7/8
BK 8/8
BU8-MICFITG
3/8
4/8
BK
BK
-BU7
RD 1/8
BK 2/8
F8.5160.4420.0
3/3
YE 2/3
BU3-MICFITG1
BK
-BU20
F7.0431.7263.0
-ST90
#61
#61
#61
#62
#62
#62
4/8
3/8
2/8
1/8
ST8-MICFITG1-SMD
6/8
5/8
8/8
7/8
-ST8
7/8
8/8
ST8-MICFITG-SMD
5/8
6/8
3/8
4/8
1/8
2/8
-ST7
*4/4
ST4-70-SMD
-ST4
2/3
ST3-MICFITG1-SMD
3/3
1/3
-ST2
2/2
ST2-MICFITG1-SMD
F7.0395.0474.0
RD 1/3
ST6-MICFITG1-SMD
F8.5160.4403.0
BU6-MICFITG1
AWG 20
AWG 20
AWG 20
AWG 20
AWG 20
AWG 20
-BU28
-B438
F1-5160-4833-0.dfs
1/2
6/6
5/6
4/6
3/6
2/6
1/6
2/2
BU2-MIGFITG1
4mA-20mA_0-10bar
4mA-20mA_0-10bar
1/6
RD
2/6
OG
3/6
YE
4/6
BK
5/6
BN
6/6
GN
BU6-MICFITG
-ST6
6/6
5/6
4/6
3/6
2/6
1/6
ST1
AIR_BEARING_Valve_ON_OFF
+24V_valve
+24V_primarily_pressuresensor
+24V_secondarily_pressuresensor
Secondarily pressuresensor
Primarily pressuresensor
1/2
D-M5-Micro
-MG10
-BU49
-ST5
-BU50
-BU126
-BU9
F8.5160.4433.0
*40/40
BU40-MINI-FIX
1/3
RD
2/3
BN
3/3
BK
BU3-MICFITG1
AWG 24
AWG 24
AWG 24
-W433
-BU21
-ST1
First
Circuit
BU4-MICRO-MODUL
L 4
1:1
First
Circuit
-BU145
*40/40
ST40-98G-SMD
First
Circuit
F8.5160.4434.1
BK
BN
RD
First
Circuit
First
Circuit
ST2-MATE-N-LOK
BU9-D-SUB-IND
11/11
ST9-32WLP-SMD
First
Circuit
-W434
*4/4
BU4-75G-SMD
First
Circuit
First
Circuit
Last
Circuit
First
Circuit
B
A
Last
Circuit
Last
Circuit
-BU1
-ST89
B
B
First
Circuit
Last
Circuit
BK
OG
F8.5160.4412.0
RD
Last
Circuit
BU4-MICFITG
4/4
3/4
2/4
1/4
A
B
ST4-MICFITG
4/4
BK
3/4
OG
2/4
RD
1/4
BU2-M-MATE-N-LOK
B
Last
Circuit
BU2-MICFITG1
Last
Circuit
First BU40-MINI-FIX
Circuit
1
Last
Circuit
-ST1
BU6-MICFITG
Last
Circuit
F8.5160.4140.0
Last
Circuit
BU3-MICFITG1
BU8-MICFITG
Last
Circuit
-W140-4,-W140-5
BU8-MICFITG1
109BF24MC2
-M412
*10/10
BU9-D-SUB-IND
Machine_fan
CAN-BUS 1:1
BK
PRESSURE_PUMP_START_VALVE
MHE2-24V
-MG5
1/1
S2.8x0.5-ISO-A
-BU4
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein. Reproduction, use or disclosure
to third parties without express authority is strictly
forbidden.
AGFA
-BU33
MHE2-24V
-MG3
VACUUM_ACCUMALATOR_VALVE
BK
VACUUM_AIRING_VALVE
MHE2-24V
-MG2
MHE2-24V
-MG1
1/1
S2.8x0.5-ISO-A
VACUUM_PUMP_START_VALVE
USER
APPR.
PRESSURE_SUCKER_VALVE
MHE2-24V
-MG4
0C
0B
IDX
NAME
25.01.2005
Serro
DX-S
Air-Supply Unit
Sheet name:
37442
03.03.06
AGHWP NORM
37228
30.05.2005
Serro
F1.5160.4003.0C
DATE
NAME
Replacement for
26054
A
DATE
Change-NR
Project
5160
/ 100
Sheet 4
of
6 SH
-BU82
*10/10
ST10-98G-SMD
*4/4
ST4-70
RIGHT DISTANCE HOME-POS S.
-B569
F1-9499-6583-0.dfs
-W502
-BU118
-W504
*4/4
BU4-MICRO-MODUL
1
-ST1
*50/50
ST50-98G-SMD
-BU88
-W503
-ST92
*50/50
BU50-MINI-FIX
-ST2
*4/4
BU4-75G-SMD
-BU1
-B574
F1-5160-4993-0.dfs
-B570
F1-9499-6583-0.dfs
*4/4
BU4-75G-SMD
-ST1
CCD-SCAN BOARD
*10/10
*4/4
BU4-MICRO-MODUL
-BU2
-BU86
-ST1
*4/4
ST4-70
1
BU10-MINI-FIX
F8.5160.4502.0
F8.5160.4504.0
F8.5160.4503.0
*4/4
ST4-MICROMATCH
E-LABEL SCANHEAD
*12/12
BU12-75G-SMD
LASER-DIODES BOARD
-BU1
-ST1
*12/12
ST12-MICROMATCH
-W505
1:1
F8.5160.4505.0
-W506
1:1
F8.5160.4506.0
-W501
F8.5160.4501.0
1:1
GN GN/WH
-W510
-W511
RD
RD/WH
-BU91
1/10
2/10
3/10
4/10
5/10
6/10
7/10
8/10
9/10
FROM SHI-BOARD
BU10-MICFITG
-W160
/1.1A
F8.5160.4160.0
-BU102
*40/40
BU40-MINI-FIX
-ST11
*10/10
BU9-D-SUB-IND
Flexboard
-ST7
BK
BN
RD
OG
YE
GN
BU
VT
GY
1/10
2/10
3/10
4/10
5/10
6/10
7/10
8/10
9/10
10/10
ST10-MICFITG-SMD
-GND4
KASCHUH-0.5-1-M3
-GND3
KASCHUH-0.5-1-M3
1/1
-10
F8.5160.4522.0 -GND9
1/1
-GND2
KASCHUH-0.5-1-M3
1/1
-GND1
KASCHUH-0.5-1-M3
1/1
1:1
F8.5160.4505.0
-W503
1:1
F8.5160.4503.0
*40/40
ST40-98G-SMD
-ST8
*80/80
ST80-QSE40K-SMD
-BU2
*80/80
BU80-QTE40K-SMD
First
Circuit
11/11
ST9-32WLP-SMD
DISTRIBUTION
BOARD
Last
Circuit
-B580
F1-5160-4923-0.dfs
BU4-MICFITG
BU10-MICFITG
Last
Circuit
L 4
A
2
B
A
B
2
First
Circuit
Last
Circuit
Circuit
2
2
First
Circuit
USER
APPR.
Last
Circuit
0C
Last
Circuit
0B
37442
37228
03.03.06
AGHWP NORM
IDX
Change-NR
DATE
NAME
25.01.2005
Serro
DX-S
Scanner
Sheet name:
Project
5160
5
30.05.2005
Serro
F1.5160.4003.0C
DATE
NAME
Replacement for
26054
C
Last
Circuit
BU9-D-SUB-IND First
-B575
F1-5160-4893-0.dfs
BU4-MICRO-MODUL
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein. Reproduction, use or disclosure
to third parties without express authority is strictly
forbidden.
AGFA
1/1
KASCHUH-2.5-6-M4
-W505
-ST10
-ST12
ST4-MICROMATCH
1:1
F8.5160.4504.0
-ST12
-BU114
AWG 24
AWG 24
AWG 24
AWG 24
AWG 24
AWG 24
AWG 24
AWG 24
AWG 24
*20/20
ST20-98G-SMD
F8.5160.4120.0
+4V_IN
GND+4V_18-30V_IN
18-30V_IN
+20V_IN
GND+20V_IN
+4V_IN
GND+4V_18-30V_IN
+9V_IN
GND+9V_IN
-W504
#10/11
ST9-32WLP-SMD
F8.5160.4140.0
/1.1A
-W120
/1.4C
/1.4C
/1.4C
/1.4C
/1.4C
/1.4C
/1.4C
/1.4C
/1.4D
-ST104
1:1
F8.5160.4502.0
CAN-BUS 1:1
1/4
2/4
3/4
4/4
1/1
RING-TERM-04
-P1
-P2
1/4
*4/4
2/4
P339820
3/4
-B589
F7-5160-4711-A.dfb 4/4
P339820
*4/4
KASCHUH-0.5-1-M3
1/1
-3
*4/4
ST4-70-SMD
*4/4
-BU81
BU4-MICRO-MODUL
-ST11
*4/4
ST4-70-SMD
-ST12
-BU12
*4/4
BU4-MICRO-MODUL
-BU5
-ST93
*4/4
BU4-75G-SMD
*10/10
ST10-98G-SMD
-ST14
*50/50
ST50-98G-SMD
-ST4
*4/4
ST4-MICROMATCH
1/1
S6.3x0.8_2
-ST103
-W502
-W140-5
1/4
2/4
3/4
4/4
BU4-MICRO-MODUL
ST4-MICROMATCH
F8.5160.4507.0
-BU152
1/4
2/4
3/4
4/4
ST4-70-SMD
-W507
MYCOM-N50
-S505
1/4
2/4
3/4
4/4
BU4-MICRO-MODUL
F8.5160.4530.0
*4/4
*4/4
ST4-70-SMD
-ST2
1/4
2/4
3/4
4/4
ST4-70-SMD
-ST13
*50/50
BU50-MINI-FIX
-BU89
*12/12
BU12-75G-SMD
*12/12
ST12-MICROMATCH
-B572
F1-5160-4793-0A.dfs
-BU1
*80/80
ST80-QSE40K-SMD
-BU153
-ST9
-ST1
-ST1#3
BU4-MICRO-MODUL
SCANHEAD-CTRL
-ST10
-ST81
-BU1
*4/4
ST4-70-SMD
MYCOM-N50
-S506
1/1
KASCHUH-2.5-6-M4
-1
-2
1/1
RING-TERM-11
*4/4
-BU87
-BU1#4
BU4-MICRO-MODUL
-BU160
-BU84
F8.5160.4508.0
*4/4
ST4-MICROMATCH
*80/80
BU80-QTE40K-SMD
C101857
-M510
GN GN/WH
-W508
-ST106
*10/10
ST10-98G-SMD
-P1
1/4
*4/4
P339820
2/4
3/4
4/4
P339820
-B588
F7-5160-4711-A.dfb
*4/4
BU4-75G-SMD
-GND8
-GND7
KASCHUH-0.5-1-M3
1/1
-GND6
KASCHUH-0.5-1-M3
1/1
-GND5
KASCHUH-0.5-1-M3
1/1
F8.5160.4530.0
-P2
1/4
2/4
3/4
4/4
ST4-MICROMATCH
F8.5160.4531.0
KASCHUH-0.5-1-M3
1/1
-ST105
SM-RIGHT DISTANCE
F8.5160.4510.1
F8.5160.4511.1
RD/WH
-ST82
RD
-BU117
C101857
-M511
*10/10
BU10-MINI-FIX
-B571
F1-5160-4803-0.dfs
SM-LEFT DISTANCE
*10/10
ST10-98G-SMD
-B587
F1-9499-8360-0.dfs
/ 100
Sheet 5
of
6 SH
-B668
F8.5160.3500.0
MC1 Transmitter
MC2 Receiver
ERASURE Unit
BU603
We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein. Reproduction, use or disclosure
to third parties without express authority is strictly
forbidden.
AGFA
/3.4H
/1.5A
/3.4H
USER
APPR.
0C
0B
IDX
NAME
25.01.2005
Serro
DX-S
Flash-Erasure-Unit
Sheet name:
37442
03.03.06
AGHWP NORM
37228
30.05.2005
Serro
F1.5160.4003.0C
DATE
NAME
Replacement for
26054
A
DATE
Change-NR
Project
5160
/ 100
Sheet 6
of
6 SH
DX-S
Type 5160/100
5160_0100_chap05_titel_m.cdr
Internal update: 7
CONFIDENTIALITY NOTE:
Use, dissemination, distribution or reproduction of this document by unauthorized personnel is not permitted and may be unlawful.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 2, Revision 3
03-2010 Printed in Germany
DD+DIS110.06M
Manufacturer
Agfa HealthCare N.V
Published by
Agfa-Gevaert HealthCare GmbH
Tegernseer Landstrae 161
D - 81539 Mnchen
Germany
Copyright 2010 Agfa HealthCare N.V
All rights reserved.
Technical modifications reserved.
AGFA and the Agfa-Rhombus are trademarks of Agfa HealthCare N.V., Belgium,
or its affiliates.
WARNING:
Improper operation or service activities may cause damage or injuries.
INSTRUCTION:
(1) Read the "Generic Safety Directions" document
(see MEDNET GSO => General Info => Agfa HealthCare => Publications =>
Service Manual) prior to attempting any operation, repair or maintenance task on
the equipment.
(2) Strictly observe all safety directions within the "Generic Safety Directions" and on
the product.
WARNING:
Hazards may be introduced because of component failure or improper
operation.
INSTRUCTION:
NOTE:
To verify the latest version of single documents and of Service Manuals refer to the
Document Type Order List in the GSO Library.
Edition 2, Revision 3
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160/100
Chapter 5 / 2
DD+DIS110.06M
Document History
Edition,
Revision
2.3
Release
Date
03-2010
NOTE:
Agfa reserves the right to deliver compatible parts or alternative parts.
Prices to the original order may differ.
Contact
Spare Parts ordering
Europe
orderprocessing-europe.matrium@eads.com
Overseas
orderprocessing-overseas.matrium@eads.com
returns.matrium@eads.com
NOTE:
For Recycling Information please refer to:
http://intra.agfanet/cd/ep/ehs.nsf
Edition 2, Revision 3
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160/100
Chapter 5 / 3
DD+DIS110.06M
Contents
VERKLEIDUNG
PANELING
REVETEMENT
PAGES 06 - 07
GESTELL
FRAME
CHSSIS
PAGES 08 - 09
SCANEINHEIT
SCAN UNIT
UNITE SCAN
PAGES 10 - 13
LSCHEINHEIT
ERASURE UNIT
UNITE DEFFACEMENT
PAGES 14 - 15
KASSETTENEINHEIT
CASETTE UNIT
UNITE CASSETTE
PAGES 16 - 17
LUFTEINHEIT
AIR UNIT
MODULE DAIR
PAGES 18 - 19
IP BHNE
IP PLATFORM COMPLETE
IP PLATFORM COMPLET
PAGES 20 - 21
KASSETTE - NIP GENRAD - HD5.0
CASSETTE - NIP GENRAD - HD5.0
CASSETTE - NIP GENRAD - HD5.0
PAGES 22 - 23
ZUBEHR
ACCESSORIES
ACCESSOIRES
PAGES 24 - 25
0
60_
51
100
a
_ch
ha
_ in
p05
.cd
lt_m
Edition 2, Revision 3
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160/100
Chapter 5 / 4
DD+DIS110.06M
Open Bookmarks.
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
Click on "CONTENTS".
Edition 2, Revision 3
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160/100
Chapter 5 / 5
DD+DIS110.06M
04*
03*
05
02*
01*
5160_0100_chap05_01_m.cdr
PANELING
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 2, Revision 3
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160/100
Chapter 5 / 6
DD+DIS110.06M
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr.
Item no. Part No.
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref.
Benennung
Description
Denomination
CM+9516012150
CM+9516012300
SEITENWAND RECHTS
SIDE WALL, RHS
PAROI LATERALE A DROITE
CM+9516012500
SEITENWAND LINKS
SIDE WALL, LHS
PAROI LATERALE A GAUCHE
CM+9516012700
VERKLEIDUNG OBEN
PANELING TOP
REVETEMENT SUPERIEUR
CM+9516090302
= Assembly
D = Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M".
* = Spare part standardly is not kept in stock, extended delivery time is possible.
99 = Spare Part is not shown in Exploded Views.
PANELING
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 2, Revision 3
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160/100
Chapter 5 / 7
DD+DIS110.06M
10
09
01
(B146)
08
(B101)
06
07
05*
11
04
03
(M412)
02
5160_0100_chap05_02_m.cdr
FRAME
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 2, Revision 3
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160/100
Chapter 5 / 8
DD+DIS110.06M
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr.
Item no. Part No.
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref.
Benennung
Description
Denomination
CM+9516017605
CM+9516017031
LAUFROLLE
ROLLER
GALET MOBILE
CM+9516044120
LFTER (M412)
FAN (M412)
VENTILATEUR (M412)
CM+9514617992
LUFTFILTER
AIR FILTER
FILTRE A AIR
CM+9516016203
CM+9516041070
SCHALTER_S107
SWITCH_S107
INTERRUPTEUR_S107
CM+9516010511
ABLUFTSCHACHT
AIR EXHAUST SHAFT
CHENINEE D'EVACUATION
CM+9516047003
NETZTEIL (B101)
POWER SUPPLY (B101)
ALIMENTATION (B101)
CM+9516041501
FLACHBANDKABEL W150
RIBBON CABLE W150
CABLE RUBAN W150
10
CM+9516041600
FLACHBANDKABEL W160
RIBBON CABLE W160
CABLE RUBAN W160
11
CM+9516009400
CD DX-S STR_1504
CD DX-S STR_1504
CD DX-S STR_1504
12
CM+9516090400
MASSEBAND
GROUND CABLE
CABLE DE MASSE
KABELTRGER KOMPLETT
CABLE CLAMP COMPLETE
SERRE CABLE COMPLET
= Assembly
D = Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M".
* = Spare part standardly is not kept in stock, extended delivery time is possible.
99 = Spare Part is not shown in Exploded Views.
FRAME
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 2, Revision 3
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160/100
Chapter 5 / 9
DD+DIS110.06M
08
(M320)
03
11
09
(B385,
B386)
13
(B360)
07
(B365)
04
10
01
02
12
05
(M318)
06
(M383)
09
(B362, B384)
5160_0100_chap05_03_m.cdr
SCAN UNIT
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 2, Revision 3
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160/100
Chapter 5 / 10
DD+DIS110.06M
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr.
Item no. Part No.
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref.
Benennung
Description
Denomination
CM+9516020552
MAGNETVENTILPLATTE
SOLENOID VALVE PLATE
PLAQUE ELECTROVANNE
CM+9516091001
CM+9516021004
CM+9516090701
CM+9516045180
SCHRITTMOTOR (M318)
STEPPER MOTOR (M318)
MOTEUR PAS PAS (M318)
CM+9516047600
CM+9516048606
CM+9516064001
CM+9949965801
10
CM+9516043022
11
CM+9516043031
12
CM+9516090600
SEGMENTFILTER
SEGMENT FILTER
FILTRE SEGMENT
13
CM+9949965402
GS LS-STATISCH (B360)
LIGHT SENSOR BOARD-STATIC (B360)
CARTE PHOTOCELLULE STATIQ (B360)
= Assembly
D = Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M".
* = Spare part standardly is not kept in stock, extended delivery time is possible.
99 = Spare Part is not shown in Exploded Views.
SCAN UNIT
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 2, Revision 3
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160/100
Chapter 5 / 11
DD+DIS110.06M
03
14
03
07
(B366)
12
01
06
04
08
(B575)
05
(B572)
07
(B359)
13
(B572 - B587)
10
(B572 - B574)
11
(B572 - B571)
5160_0100_chap05_04_m.cdr
SCAN UNIT
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 2, Revision 3
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160/100
Chapter 5 / 12
DD+DIS110.06M
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr.
Item no. Part No.
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref.
Benennung
Description
Denomination
CM+9516090600
SEGMENTFILTER
SEGMENT FILTER
FILTRE SEGMENT
CM+9516071001
FLEXBOARD FHRUNG
FLEXBOARD GUIDE
GUIDE DE FLEXBOARD
CM+9516020451
ABSTTZUNGSLEISTE VOLLST.
SUPPORT BAR COMPLETE
BARRETTE APPUI COMPLET
CM+9516021371
AKTIVSAUGER
ACTIVE SUCTION CUP
VENTOUSE ACTIVE
CM+9516047904
10+9999911750
CM+9516090100
SEGMENTDICHTUNGEN
SEGMENT GASKETS
SEGMENT JOINTS
CM+9949965402
CM+9516048901
10
CM+9516045040
11
CM+9516045050
12
10+9033500110
DRUCKFEDER
COMPRESSION SPRING
RESSORT DE PRESSION
13
CM+9516045030
14
CM+9516066300
TRAVERSE KOMPLETT
TRAVERSE COMPLETE
ENTRETOISE COMPLET
MONTAGEWERKZEUG FR SEGMENTDICHTUNGEN
FITTING TOOL FOR SEGMENT GASKET
OUTIL POUR JOINT SECTUER
= Assembly
D = Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M".
* = Spare part standardly is not kept in stock, extended delivery time is possible.
99 = Spare Part is not shown in Exploded Views.
SCAN UNIT
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 2, Revision 3
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160/100
Chapter 5 / 13
DD+DIS110.06M
01 (B668)
02
5160_chap05_05_m.cdr
Edition 2, Revision 3
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160/100
Chapter 5 / 14
DD+DIS110.06M
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr.
Item no. Part No.
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref.
Benennung
Description
Denomination
CM+9516090801
CM+9516027503
SCANHEAD
SCANHEAD
SCANHEAD
= Assembly
D = Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M".
* = Spare part standardly is not kept in stock, extended delivery time is possible.
99 = Spare Part is not shown in Exploded Views.
Edition 2, Revision 3
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160/100
Chapter 5 / 15
DD+DIS110.06M
04
06
05
07
(B227, B251)
02
(M216)
14
(B225)
11
13
(M217)
15
09
10
(B388)
03
(B250)
12
(M213)
16
(B267)
(B389)
08
(B391)
01
5160_0100_chap05_06_m.cdr
CASSETTE UNIT
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 2, Revision 3
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160/100
Chapter 5 / 16
DD+DIS110.06M
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr.
Item no. Part No.
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref.
Benennung
Description
Denomination
CM+9516050003
KASSETTENEINHEIT
CASSETTE UNIT
UNITE CASSETTES
CM+9516056002
KASSETTENENTRIEGLER (M216)
CASSETTE RELEASE (M216)
CASSETTE DEVERROUILLAGE (M216)
CM+9516048704
CM+9516050311
SCHACHT
TUNNEL
CHEMINEE
CM+9048614170
CHIP READER
CHIP READER
CHIP READER
CM+9516054600
CM+9949965402
CM+9516090500
CM+9516090200
ANTRIEBSRIEMEN
DRUM BELT
COURROIES D'ENTRAINEMENT
10
CM+9516047500
11
CM+9516052110
FFNUNGSHAKEN
HOOK
CROCHET
12
CM+9516045130
SCHRITTMOTOR (M213)
STEPPER MOTOR (M213)
MOTEUR PAS PAS (M213)
13
CM+9516045170
SCHRITTMOTOR (M217)
STEPPER MOTOR (M217)
MOTEUR PAS PAS (M217)
14
CM+9949965801
15
CM+9516043070
16
CM+9516052500
= Assembly
D = Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M".
* = Spare part standardly is not kept in stock, extended delivery time is possible.
99 = Spare Part is not shown in Exploded Views.
CASSETTE UNIT
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 2, Revision 3
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160/100
Chapter 5 / 17
DD+DIS110.06M
03
(B438)
04
02
(MG10)
01
5160_0100_chap05_07_m.cdr
AIR UNIT
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 2, Revision 3
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160/100
Chapter 5 / 18
DD+DIS110.06M
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr.
Item no. Part No.
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref.
Benennung
Description
Denomination
CM+9516081008
LUFTEINHEIT VOLLST.
AIR UNIT COMPLETE
UNITE D'AIR COMPLET
CM+9039504800
WARTUNGSMODUL (MG10)
MAINTENANCE MODULE (MG10)
MODULE MAINTENANCE (MG10)
CM+9516048303
CM+9516080210
FALTENBALG
BELLOWS
SOUFFLET
= Assembly
D = Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M".
* = Spare part standardly is not kept in stock, extended delivery time is possible.
99 = Spare Part is not shown in Exploded Views.
AIR UNIT
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 2, Revision 3
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160/100
Chapter 5 / 19
DD+DIS110.06M
01
5160_0100_chap05_08_m.CDR
IP PLATFORM COMPLETE
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 2, Revision 3
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160/100
Chapter 5 / 20
DD+DIS110.06M
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr.
Item no. Part No.
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref.
Benennung
Description
Denomination
CM+9516019501
IP-BHNE, KOMPLETT
IP PLATFORM COMPLETE
IP PLATFORM COMPLET
99
CM+9516019300
99
CM+9047710970
= Assembly
D = Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M".
* = Spare part standardly is not kept in stock, extended delivery time is possible.
99 = Spare Part is not shown in Exploded Views.
IP PLATFORM COMPLETE
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 2, Revision 3
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160/100
Chapter 5 / 21
DD+DIS110.06M
01* - 07*
08* - 14*
15*
5160_chap05_09_m.CDR
Edition 2, Revision 3
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160/100
Chapter 5 / 22
DD+DIS110.06M
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr.
Item no. Part No.
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref.
Benennung
Description
Denomination
CM+9518090800
CM+9518090850
CM+9518090301
CM+9518190800
CM+9518290800
CM+9518390800
CM+9518490800
CM+9518058000
CM+9518059000
10
CM+9518056000
11
CM+9518158000
12
CM+9518258000
13
CM+9518358000
14
CM+9518458000
15
CM+9518040050
CHIPKARTE
TRANSPONDER
TRANSPONDER
= Assembly
D = Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M".
* = Spare part standardly is not kept in stock, extended delivery time is possible.
99 = Spare Part is not shown in Exploded Views.
Edition 2, Revision 3
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160/100
Chapter 5 / 23
DD+DIS110.06M
01
02
03
5160_0100_CHAP05_10_m.CDR
ACCESSORIES
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 2, Revision 3
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160/100
Chapter 5 / 24
DD+DIS110.06M
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr.
Item no. Part No.
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref.
Benennung
Description
Denomination
CM+9516091200
LIMIT PATTERN CD
LIMIT PATTERN CD
LIMIT PATTERN CD
10+9999912660
REINIGUNGSSTBCHEN
CLEANING SWABS
BTONNET OUAT
CM+9516092000
INSTANDHALTUNGSKIT
MAINTENANCE KIT
MAINTENANCE KIT
= Assembly
D = Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M".
* = Spare part standardly is not kept in stock, extended delivery time is possible.
99 = Spare Part is not shown in Exploded Views.
ACCESSORIES
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 2, Revision 3
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160/100
Chapter 5 / 25
DD+DIS110.06M
'Repair'
Kit `R` should be part of the field service engineers` car stock.
Quantity covers requirements for ca. 10 machines.
Adapt quantity locally depending on:
Number of machines
Extension of the service area
Local service structure (centralized / decentralized)
Stockpilling
'Installation'
'Local stock'
Version
Edition 2, Revision 3
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160/100
Chapter 5 / 26
DD+DIS110.06M
Type Overview
This spare parts list is valid for the following machine type(s):
Device Name
Type Number
Specification
5160/0100
ERYE4
DX-S
Accessory Overview
Following accesssories are separately available:
Order Number
Accessory
DX-S UPS
ERO16
ERO28
E2PVF
EZJT3
-----
Edition 2, Revision 3
03-2010
DX-S
Type 5160/100
Chapter 5 / 27
This page is intentionally left blank to enable print out of even and odd pages on duplex printers.
ALL IN ONE
Type 5163/100
5163_100_CHAP05_titel.cdr
Internal update: 3
CONFIDENTIALITY NOTE:
Use, dissemination, distribution or reproduction of this document by unauthorized personnel is not permitted and may be unlawful.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 2, Revision 1
05-2010 Printed in Germany
DD+DIS097.06M
Manufacturer
Agfa HealthCare N.V
Published by
Agfa-Gevaert HealthCare GmbH
Tegernseer Landstrae 161
D - 81539 Mnchen
Germany
Copyright 2010 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
All rights reserved.
Technical modifications reserved.
AGFA and the Agfa-Rhombus are trademarks of Agfa HealthCare N.V., Belgium,
or its affiliates.
WARNING:
Improper operation or service activities may cause damage or injuries.
INSTRUCTION:
(1) Read the "Generic Safety Directions" document
(see MEDNET GSO => General Info => Agfa HealthCare => Publications =>
Service Manual) prior to attempting any operation, repair or maintenance task on
the equipment.
(2) Strictly observe all safety directions within the "Generic Safety Directions" and on
the product.
WARNING:
Hazards may be introduced because of component failure or improper
operation.
INSTRUCTION:
NOTE:
To verify the latest version of single documents and of Service Manuals refer to the
Document Type Order List in the GSO Library.
Edition 2, Revision 1
05-2010
ALL IN ONE
Type 5163/100
Chapter 5 / 2
DD+DIS097.06M
Document History
Edition,
Revision
2.1
Release
Date
05-2010
NOTE:
Agfa reserves the right to deliver compatible parts or alternative parts.
Prices to the original order may differ.
Contact
Spare Parts ordering
Europe
orderprocessing-europe.matrium@eads.com
Overseas
orderprocessing-overseas.matrium@eads.com
returns.matrium@eads.com
NOTE:
For Recycling Information please refer to:
http://intra.agfanet/cd/ep/ehs.nsf
Edition 2, Revision 1
05-2010
ALL IN ONE
Type 5163/100
Chapter 5 / 3
DD+DIS097.06M
Contents
TRGER
CARRIER
SUPPORT
PAGES 12 - 13
GESTELL
FRAME
CHSSIS
PAGES 6 - 9
BODENWANNE
BOTTOM TRAY
CUVE DE FOND
PAGES 10 - 11
Edition 2, Revision 1
05-2010
ALL IN ONE
Type 5163/100
Chapter 5 / 4
DD+DIS097.06M
Open Bookmarks.
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
Click on "CONTENTS".
Edition 2, Revision 1
05-2010
ALL IN ONE
Type 5163/100
Chapter 5 / 5
DD+DIS097.06M
03
01
02
01
5163_100_chap05_01.cdr
FRAME
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 2, Revision 1
05-2010
ALL IN ONE
Type 5163/100
Chapter 5 / 6
DD+DIS097.06M
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr.
Item no. Part No.
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref.
Benennung
Description
Denomination
CM+9036261090
SCHARNIER (2 STCK)
FRAME JOINT (SET OF 2)
CHARNIRE (JEU DE 2)
CM+9516349130
HALTER
HOLDER
FIXATION
CM+9516345150
TR, GEKL.
DOOR BONDED
PORTE
99
CM+9516391000
= Assembly
D = Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M".
* = Spare part standardly is not kept in stock, extended delivery time is possible.
99 = Spare Part is not shown in Exploded Views.
FRAME
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 2, Revision 1
05-2010
ALL IN ONE
Type 5163/100
Chapter 5 / 7
DD+DIS097.06M
08
01
05
02
03
01
06/07
04
5163_100_chap05_02.cdr
FRAME
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 2, Revision 1
05-2010
ALL IN ONE
Type 5163/100
Chapter 5 / 8
DD+DIS097.06M
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr.
Item no. Part No.
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref.
Benennung
Description
Denomination
CM+9516345550
TRENNTRAFO
TRANSFORMER
TRANSFORMATEUR
CM+9516345570
BGEL, GROSS
BRACKET LARGE
ETRIER, GRANDE
CM+9516345580
SCHAUMSTOFFPLATTE
FOAM MATERIAL PLATE
PLAQUE EN MOUSSE
CM+9516345610
CM+9516349531
FEDERBGEL
SPRING BOW
ETRIER RESSORT
CM+9047710530
CM+9047710540
CM+9047711080
= Assembly
D = Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M".
* = Spare part standardly is not kept in stock, extended delivery time is possible.
99 = Spare Part is not shown in Exploded Views.
FRAME
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 2, Revision 1
05-2010
ALL IN ONE
Type 5163/100
Chapter 5 / 9
DD+DIS097.06M
02
01
04
03
5163_100_chap05_03.cdr
BOTTOM TRAY
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 2, Revision 1
05-2010
ALL IN ONE
Type 5163/100
Chapter 5 / 10
DD+DIS097.06M
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr.
Item no. Part No.
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref.
Benennung
Description
Denomination
CM+9516341171
RADKAPPE, RECHTS
WHEEL RIM, RHS
ENJOLIVEUR, A DROITE
CM+9516341071
RADKAPPE, LINKS
WHEEL RIM, LHS
ENJOLIVEUR, A GAUCHE
CM+9516341191
BLENDE UNTEN
COVER BOTTOM
DFLECTEUR
CM+9516349001
SERVICEBRCKE
SERVICE STRAP
EQUIPEMENT DE SERVICE
= Assembly
D = Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M".
* = Spare part standardly is not kept in stock, extended delivery time is possible.
99 = Spare Part is not shown in Exploded Views.
BOTTOM TRAY
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 2, Revision 1
05-2010
ALL IN ONE
Type 5163/100
Chapter 5 / 11
DD+DIS097.06M
02
01
03
5163_100_chap05_04.cdr
CARRIER
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 2, Revision 1
05-2010
ALL IN ONE
Type 5163/100
Chapter 5 / 12
DD+DIS097.06M
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr.
Item no. Part No.
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref.
Benennung
Description
Denomination
CM+9039000290
ENTRIEGELUNGSGRIFF
RELEASE HANDLE
POIGNEE DE DERROUILLAGE
CM+9516343700
MONITORHALTER F. BARCO
MONITOR HOLDER FOR BARCO
SUPPORT DU MONITEUR POUR BARCO
CM+9516343471
MAUSPAD
MOUSE PAD
TAPIS DE SOURIS
= Assembly
D = Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M".
* = Spare part standardly is not kept in stock, extended delivery time is possible.
99 = Spare Part is not shown in Exploded Views.
CARRIER
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 2, Revision 1
05-2010
ALL IN ONE
Type 5163/100
Chapter 5 / 13
DD+DIS097.06M
'Repair'
'Installation'
Number of machines
Extension of the service area
Local service structure (centralized / decentralized)
Stockpilling
M 'Maintenance'
'Local stock'
Version
---
Edition 2, Revision 1
05-2010
ALL IN ONE
Type 5163/100
Chapter 5 / 14
DD+DIS097.06M
Type Overview
This spare parts list is valid for the following machine type(s):
Device Name
Type Number
Specification
5163/0100
ERO28
Accessory Overview
Following accessories
and orderable on www.cherry.com
accesssoriesare
areseparately
separatelyavailable
available:
Order Number
Accessory
CHERRY KEYBOARD FRENCH *
G84-4100LPMFR-0
CHERRY KEYBOARD UK *
G84-4100LPMGB-0
CHERRY KEYBOARD US *
G84-4100LPMUS-0
G84-4100LPMBE-0
G84-4100LPMPO-0
G84-4100LPMES-0
G84-4100LPMDE-0
G84-4100LPMNL-0
G84-4100LPMDK-0
G84-4100LPMCH-0
G84-4100LPMNO-0
G84-4100LPMIT-0
G84-4100LPMSF-0
G84-4100LPMGR-0
Edition 2, Revision 1
05-2010
ALL IN ONE
Type 5163/100
Chapter 5 / 15
Edition 1, Revision 1
5163_0105_chap05_titel_m.cdr
Internal update: 2
CONFIDENTIALITY NOTE:
Use, dissemination, distribution or reproduction of this document by unauthorized personnel is not permitted and may be unlawful.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
DD+DIS218.07M
WARNING:
Improper operation or service activities may cause damage or injuries.
INSTRUCTION:
(1) Read the "Generic Safety Directions" document
(see MEDNET GSO => General Info => Agfa HealthCare =>
Publications => Service Manual) prior to attempting any operation, repair
or maintenance task on the equipment.
(2) Strictly observe all safety directions within the "Generic Safety Directions"
and on the product.
WARNING:
Hazards may be introduced because of component failure or improper
operation.
INSTRUCTION:
Replace defective parts with Agfa HealthCare original spare parts.
Use only tools and measuring instruments which are suitable for the
procedure.
Only approved Agfa HealthCare accessories must be used. For a list of
compatible accessories contact your local Agfa HealthCare organization or
www.agfa.com
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2008
Chapter 5 / 2
DD+DIS218.07M
Document History
Edition,
Revision
1.1
Release
Date
02-2008
Contact
Spare Parts ordering
Europe
orderprocessing-europe.matrium@eads.com
Overseas
orderprocessing-overseas.matrium@eads.com
returns.matrium@eads.com
NOTE:
For Recycling Information please refer to:
http://intra.agfanet/cd/ep/ehs.nsf
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2008
Chapter 5 / 3
DD+DIS218.07M
Contents
GESTELL
FRAME
CHSSIS
SEITE / PAGE 6 - 7
BODENWANNE
BOTTOM TRAY
CUVE DE FOND
SEITE / PAGE 8 - 9
5163_0105_chap05_index_m.cdr
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2008
Chapter 5 / 4
DD+DIS218.07M
Open Bookmarks
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
Click on "CONTENTS"
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2008
Chapter 5 / 5
DD+DIS218.07M
07
05/06
04
01
03
02
5163_0105_chap05_01_m.CDR
FRAME
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2008
Chapter 5 / 6
DD+DIS218.07M
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr.
Item no. Part No.
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref.
Benennung
Description
Denomination
CM+9036261090
SCHARNIER (2 STCK)
FRAME JOINT (SET OF 2)
CHARNIRE (JEU DE 2)
CM+9516368130
SCHIENENHALTER
RAIL HOLDER
FIXATION RAIL
CM+9516345150
TR, GEKL.
DOOR BONDED
PORTE
CM+9516345550
TRENNTRAFO
TRANSFORMER
TRANSFORMATEUR
CM+9047710530
ANSCHLULEITUNG SCHUKO
CONNECTING LEAD GROUNDED SOCKET
LIGNE DE RACCORDEMENT
CM+9047710540
ANSCHLULEITUNG
CONNECTING LEAD
LIGNE DE RACCORDEMENT
CM+9047710870
99
CM+9516301050
99
CM+9516343470
=Assembly
D =Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =No wearing part.
FRAME
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2008
Chapter 5 / 7
DD+DIS218.07M
01
02
02
5163_0105_chap05_02_m.CDR
BOTTOM TRAY
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2008
Chapter 5 / 8
DD+DIS218.07M
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr.
Item no. Part No.
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref.
Benennung
Description
Denomination
CM+9516341191
BLENDE UNTEN
COVER BOTTOM
DFLECTEUR
CM+9516369000
=Assembly
D =Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =No wearing part.
BOTTOM TRAY
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2008
Chapter 5 / 9
DD+DIS218.07M
'Repair'
'Installation'
number of machines
extension of the service area
local service structure (centralized / decentralized)
stockpiling
M 'Maintenance'
'Local stock'
version
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2008
Chapter 5 / 10
DD+DIS218.07M
Type Overview
This spare parts list is valid for the following machine type(s):
Device Name
Type No.
Specification
5163/0105
Accessory Overview
Following accesssories are separately available:
Order number
Accessory
ALL IN ONE
ERO28
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2008
Chapter 5 / 11
Published by
Agfa HealthCare N.V.
Tegernseer Landstrae 161
D - 81539 Mnchen
Germany
www.agfa.com
HEALTHCARE
Chapter 6
Accessories
Imaging Services
DX-S
Type 5160
Document No.
Contents
Edition.
Revision
DD+DIS421.05E
2.1
DD+DIS095.06E
2.0
This page is intentionally left blank to enable print out of even and odd pages on duplex printers.
HEALTHCARE
Chapter 6
Accessories
Imaging Services
DX-S All in One (Type 5163/100) and DX-S Cut Down All in One (Type 5163/105)
Document History
Edition.
Revision
Release
Date
Changes
compared to previous version 2.0
2.1
07-2007
Referenced Documents
Document
Title
Chapter 1
Chapter 5
Chapter 11
For installation planning and installation instructions, please refer to Chapter 1 and 11 of
the DX-S Service Documentation, DD+DIS014.05E.
DD+DIS421.05E
Accessories
WARNING:
Improper operation or service activities may cause damage or injuries.
INSTRUCTION:
(1)
(2)
Strictly observe all safety directions within the "Generic Safety Directions" and
on the product.
Edition 2, Revision 1
07-2007
Chapter 6 / 2
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS421.05E
Accessories
LIST OF CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION ......................................................................................................................4
2.1
2.2
2.3
3.2
3.3
TROUBLESHOOTING............................................................................................................10
MAINTENANCE......................................................................................................................11
DISPOSAL..............................................................................................................................11
Edition 2, Revision 1
07-2007
Chapter 6 / 3
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS421.05E
Accessories
Introduction
This chapter describes general features of the two DX-S All in One Systems.
The DX-S All in One (DX-S Cut Down All in One) is an operating console that facilitates
the work of the radiographer. It is suitable for all CR environments: centralized,
decentralized or personal CR solutions.
It has been designed to be used together with the DX-S digitizer.
The DX-S All in One (DX-S Cut Down All in One ) is installed as a stand-alone
configuration.
a network switch,
isolation transformer.
Edition 2, Revision 1
07-2007
Chapter 6 / 4
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS421.05E
2.1
Accessories
Keyboard
LCD Monitor
Isolation
Transformer
(hidden)
Mouse
Cassette
Storage
UPS
DX-S
PC
2.2
Description
cassettes 24 x 30 cm
cassettes 43 x 35 cm
network cable
isolation transformer
Edition 2, Revision 1
07-2007
Chapter 6 / 5
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS421.05E
2.3
Accessories
figure 2
Edition 2, Revision 1
07-2007
Chapter 6 / 6
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS421.05E
Accessories
3.1
a network switch,
isolation transformer.
Isolation
Transformer
(hidden)
UPS
DX-S
PC
figure3: Overview of components of the DX-S Cut Down All in One system
Edition 2, Revision 1
07-2007
Chapter 6 / 7
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS421.05E
3.2
Accessories
3.3
Description
cassettes 24 x 30 cm
cassettes 43 x 35 cm
network cable
isolation transformer
figure 4
Edition 2, Revision 1
07-2007
Chapter 6 / 8
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS421.05E
Accessories
Service Documentation
Order Number DD+DIS014.05E or
in MedNet: GSO Library Computed Radiography
CR Digitizers DX-S
NX 1.0:
Service Documentation
Order Number DD+DIS408.05E or
in MedNet: GSO Library Computed Radiography/
CR Workstation Software NX 1.0
NX 2.0:
Service Documentation
Order Number DD+DIS259.06E or
in MedNet: GSO Library Computed Radiography/
CR Workstation Software NX 2.0
UPS:
Edition 2, Revision 1
07-2007
Chapter 6 / 9
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS421.05E
Accessories
Troubleshooting
Symptom
Defect
Solution
The voltage output of the isolation transformer is without current because of a defective
fuse.
Check fuses and replace them if necessary.
Four fuses are installed in the isolation
transformer:
Voltage input (primary side, A):
2 x 6.3 AT / 500 V inside the fuse box, beside
jumper switch for voltage input
Voltage output (secondary side, B):
2 x 6.3 AT / 500 V inside the fuse box above
jumper switch for voltage output
Order exchange fuses using the
order number:
figure 5
WARNING!
Overload of isolation transformer can cause fire hazard!
Use only fuses of the exact value and characteristics stated above.
Edition 2, Revision 1
07-2007
Chapter 6 / 10
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS421.05E
Accessories
Maintenance
The DX-S All in One (Type 5163/100) and the DX-S Cut Down All in One
(Type 5163/105) are maintenance-free. Both are suitable for continuous operation.
Disposal
When its service life is over, do not dispose of the DX-S All in One or DX-S Cut Down
All in One without considering local waste disposal regulations. Please consult your
local sales organization.
Device
Order Number
DD+DIS110.06M
DD+DIS097.06M
DD+DIS218.07M
NOTE:
All spare parts lists are included in chapter 5 of the DX-S Service Documentation,
DD+DIS014.05E.
Edition 2, Revision 1
07-2007
Chapter 6 / 11
Agfa Company Confidential
This page is intentionally left blank to enable print out of even and odd pages on duplex printers.
Accessories
HEALTHCARE
Imaging Services
Order-No.: DD+DIS095.06E
Edition.
Revision
2.0
Release Changes
Date
This document shall support the Field Service Engineer in the detection of
UPS-related problems. It explains the meanings of the LED indicators in the
UPS display and gives instructions for the UPS usage and for
troubleshooting.
The UPS Powerware 5125 is included in the delivery of the
DX-S All in One.
CONFIDENTIALITY NOTE:
Use, dissemination, distribution or reproduction of this document by unauthorized personnel is not permitted and may be unlawful.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
12-2006
printed in Germany
DD+DIS095.06E
Accessories
WARNING:
Improper operation or service activities may cause damage or injuries.
INSTRUCTION:
1.
2.
Chapter 6
Agfa Company Confidential
Edition 2, Revision 0
12-2006
DD+DIS095.06E
Accessories
List of Contents
Introduction .................................................................................. 1
4.1
4.2
4.3
Chapter 6 / I
Agfa Company Confidential
Edition 2, Revision 0
12-2006
DD+DIS095.06E
Accessories
Introduction
This document supplements the manufacturer's documentation for the UPS
Powerware 5125. The additional information shall support the
Field Service Engineer in solving power supply problems and issues.
Section 2, Overview of the Indicators, explains the meaning of each indicator.
Section 3, Operating the UPS, gives a short overview of how to operate the
UPS.
Section 4, Signals and Actions, lists the most important signals, the
corresponding UPS state, and the actions which must be taken.
Button On
Button Off
Dis095.06_001.cdr
Button Test /
Alarm Reset
General Alarm
On Battery
+ -
+ -
Battery Service
100%
Load
25%
Edition 2, Revision 0
12-2006
Chapter 6 / 1
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS095.06E
Accessories
+ -
On Battery
The UPS runs on battery. Thus the UPS ensures the
continuous power supply of the connected devices during a
short breakage of the power supply. If the breakage lasts
longer, the battery supply allows to shut down the connected
devices without data loss.
Your action is required if this indicator does not switch off after
reconstitution of the mains power supply.
+ -
Battery Service
The battery cannot maintain the power supply in case of a
power cut-off.
Causes may be:
it is almost empty, or
Chapter 6 / 2
Agfa Company Confidential
Edition 2, Revision 0
12-2006
DD+DIS095.06E
Accessories
Power On
This indicator shines or flashes green in all normal working
conditions of the UPS.
Additionally it may signal a problem with the power supply.
Your action is required to correct this problem.
Load
100%
25%
Bottom LED:
second LED:
third LED:
fourth LED:
NOTE:
The Load indicator does not show the remaining capacity of
the battery!
Edition 2, Revision 0
12-2006
Chapter 6 / 3
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS095.06E
Accessories
Action
Initial State
Description of Action
Result
Connecting to
power supply
Switching on
Press the
button until
you hear the UPS beep
(approx. one second).
Switching to
Standby mode
The UPS is in
Standby mode
(see section 4.1 1).
Press the
button
until the beep ceases
(approx. five
seconds).
Performing a
self test
The UPS is in
Standby mode
(see section 4.1 1).
The battery is
charged.
Press the
button for
three seconds.
Chapter 6 / 4
Agfa Company Confidential
Edition 2, Revision 0
12-2006
DD+DIS095.06E
Accessories
Action
Initial State
Description of Action
Result
Performing a
battery test
button for
Press the
three seconds.
Switching on
without
power supply
There is no
power supply but it is
necessary to run the
connected devices for a
limited time.
Press the
button for
at least four seconds.
4.1
green flashing
Sound Signals
UPS State
Actions
---
Switch on the
UPS.
green
continuous
---
---
orange
continuous
---
---
green-orange
flashing
---
---
Edition 2, Revision 0
12-2006
Chapter 6 / 5
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS095.06E
Accessories
4.2
Sound Signals
UPS State
Actions
red-orange
flashing
---
If this condition
occurs frequently, let
check the mains
circuit which supplies
the UPS.
red
continuous
+ orange
continuous
Beep every
4 seconds
If connected
devices are
running: Shut
them down to
avoid data loss.
Check if the
power supply
provides the
correct input
voltage to the
UPS.
If connected
devices are
running: Shut
them down to
avoid data loss.
Check the
connection to the
mains.
Check the
connection to the
mains.
orange
continuous
+ -
Beep every
4 seconds
---
4
+ -
+ -
are on for
few seconds,
then off.
Chapter 6 / 6
Agfa Company Confidential
Edition 2, Revision 0
12-2006
DD+DIS095.06E
4.3
Accessories
+ -
+ -
orange flashing
red continuous
red continuous
Sound Signals
UPS State
Actions
Beep every
2 seconds
If connected
devices are
running:
Immediately shut
them down to avoid
data loss.
Check the
connection to the
mains.
Check the
battery connection.
The UPS is
delivered with the
battery
disconnected.
Switch UPS to
Standby mode and
let the battery
charge for
24 hours.
---
---
Edition 2, Revision 0
12-2006
Chapter 6 / 7
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS095.06E
Accessories
Indicators
4
red continuous
for ten seconds,
then all LEDs off
Sound Signals
UPS State
Actions
---
Switch UPS to
Standby mode and
disconnect from
power supply.
Vacuum-clean the
fan at the rear side.
Remove heat
sources and
ensure free
air circulation
around the UPS.
Immediately shut
down the
connected devices.
---
+ + -
are on.
Chapter 6 / 8
Agfa Company Confidential
Edition 2, Revision 0
12-2006
DD+DIS014.05E
Field Modifications
Chapter 7
List of Contents
Edition
2
Contents
Edition 2, Revision 0
12-2006
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 7
Agfa Company Confidential
This page is intentionally left blank to enable print out of even and odd pages on duplex printers.
HEALTHCARE
Chapter 7
Field Modifications
Imaging Services
DX-S
Type 5160
Installation Instructions
for DX-S Digitizer Software STR_1404
Document History
Edition.
Revision
Release
Date
Changes
2.0
04-2007
Initial Release
Referenced Documents
Document
Title
Preceding Bulletin
DD+DIS074.07E
Field Modifications
WARNING:
Improper operation or service activities may cause damage or injuries.
INSTRUCTION:
(1)
(2)
Strictly observe all safety directions within the "Generic Safety Directions" and
on the product.
Edition 2, Revision 0
04-2007
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 7 / 2
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS074.07E
Field Modifications
LIST OF CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION ......................................................................................................................4
1.1
1.2
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
TROUBLESHOOTING............................................................................................................22
Edition 2, Revision 0
04-2007
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 7 / 3
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS074.07E
Field Modifications
Introduction
1.1
Error
Messages
of Digitizer
User
Interface
in several
languages
With the release of STR_1404 error messages for the following languages are available:
Chinese China
Japanese
Chinese Taiwan
Korean
Czech
Latvian
Danish
Lithuanian
Dutch
Norwegian
English
Polish
Estonian
Portuguese
Finish
Russian
French
Slovak
German
Slovenian
Greek
Spanish
Hungarian
Swedish
Italian
Turkish
Edition 2, Revision 0
04-2007
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 7 / 4
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS074.07E
Use on
sites on
an altitude
between
2000 and
3000 m
Field Modifications
In contrast to former Digitizer Software versions STR_1404 is additionally intended for the
use on sites which are located on an altitude between 2000 and 3000 m above sea level.
For those sites between 2000 and 3000 m additionally a modified pump unit is required.
The release of the modified pump unit is still in preparation and therefore the feature to use
the digitizer on an altitude between 2000 and 3000 m is not yet applicable.
After its release the modified pump unit can be recognized by a label. The label is located
on the upper left side of the pump unit and indicates the part numer which must be
F8.5160.8100.4 (index 4 or higher).
Detailed information about availability of the modified pump unit will be communicated in a
Service Bulletin.
For sites below 2000 m the previous pump unit and the modified pump unit can be used in
combination with STR_1404.
1.2
Ex-Factory Installation
The Digitizer Software STR_1404 is installed ex factory on following devices:
Devices
Serial Numbers
DX-S digitizer
SN 1264
Edition 2, Revision 0
04-2007
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 7 / 5
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS074.07E
Field Modifications
Required
Processing
Station
Software
The following Processing Station software has been released for the use of
DX-S Digitizer Software STR_1404:
Note that STR_1404 is a prerequisite when one or more of the following electronic
hardware boards are used.
When ordering one of these components STR_1404 is mandatory prerequisite and
therefore enclosed to the spare part.
GS UIF-Stratus, F8.5160.4810.4
(index 4 or higher, Microcontroller type: M306N4FGTFP)
(is in scope of spare part display and user interface CM+9 5160 9030 x)
REQUIRED TIME
Approximately 50 minutes
Edition 2, Revision 0
04-2007
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 7 / 6
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS074.07E
Field Modifications
Installation Procedure
3.1
(2)
(3)
figure 1
Result
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
The control PC is now ready for the installation of digitizer software STR_1404. For
the procedure refer to section 3.2
Installing the DX-S Software on the Control PC.
Edition 2, Revision 0
04-2007
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 7 / 7
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS074.07E
3.2
Field Modifications
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
figure 2
(6)
Click <No>.
(7)
(8)
(9)
Edition 2, Revision 0
04-2007
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 7 / 8
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS074.07E
Field Modifications
figure 3
figure 4
(13)
Edition 2, Revision 0
04-2007
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 7 / 9
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS074.07E
Field Modifications
NOTE:
Do not press <OK> unless you have checked the credentials by clicking button
<Check> (see figure 5).
Entering the wrong password and continuing the installation makes the
Agfa Service Manager inaccessible. The service could not be started or
stopped.
figure 5
Edition 2, Revision 0
04-2007
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 7 / 10
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS074.07E
Field Modifications
figure 7
Edition 2, Revision 0
04-2007
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 7 / 11
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS074.07E
Field Modifications
figure 8
figure 9
Edition 2, Revision 0
04-2007
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 7 / 12
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS074.07E
3.3
Field Modifications
(2)
(3)
(4)
figure 10
(5)
Edition 2, Revision 0
04-2007
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 7 / 13
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS074.07E
3.4
Field Modifications
(2)
(3)
(4)
figure 11
(5)
figure 12
Edition 2, Revision 0
04-2007
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 7 / 14
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS074.07E
Field Modifications
(6)
(7)
(8)
figure 13
Edition 2, Revision 0
04-2007
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 7 / 15
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS074.07E
3.5
Field Modifications
figure 14
(2)
(3)
(4)
Edition 2, Revision 0
04-2007
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 7 / 16
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS074.07E
Field Modifications
(5)
Wait until the animation in the Activity bar is stopped and the message
"Restart of DX-S Service or of Digitizer required" is displayed in the last
line of the Activity textbox.
(6)
figure 15
(7)
figure 16
Edition 2, Revision 0
04-2007
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 7 / 17
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS074.07E
Field Modifications
(8)
Result
(9)
3.6
figure 17
(2)
(3)
Result
Edition 2, Revision 0
04-2007
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 7 / 18
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS074.07E
Field Modifications
If the DX-S Digitizer is intended to be used on sites between 2000 and 3000 m
following setting has to be made in the DX-S Service Client:
IMPORTANT:
For sites below 2000m this setting neednt be set in the DX-S Service Client.
(1)
(2)
(3)
figure 18
Edition 2, Revision 0
04-2007
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 7 / 19
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS074.07E
(4)
Field Modifications
figure 19
(5)
figure 20
(6)
Result:
DX-S Digitizer Software STR_1404 is prepared for the use on sites located between
2000 and 3000 m.
Additionally the modified pump unit is required.
Edition 2, Revision 0
04-2007
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 7 / 20
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS074.07E
Field Modifications
To check whether the digitizer hardware is prepared for the use on sites located
between 2000 and 3000 m the pump unit must be controlled.
NOTE:
The modified pump unit can be recognized by a label on its surface.
To check whether the modified pump unit is already installed, proceed as follows:
(7)
(8)
(9)
Edition 2, Revision 0
04-2007
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 7 / 21
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS074.07E
Field Modifications
Troubleshooting
In case of a replaced or new control PC or when the hard disk of the control PC has
been replaced, possibly the system requests to install a driver for the SHI Board.
(1)
figure 21
Click <Next>.
(2)
figure 22
Edition 2, Revision 0
04-2007
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 7 / 22
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS074.07E
(3)
Field Modifications
The system requests to provide the path for the driver 1394AGFA.sys:
figure 23
figure 24
(4)
figure 25
Edition 2, Revision 0
04-2007
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 7 / 23
Agfa Company Confidential
This page is intentionally left blank to enable print out of even and odd pages on duplex printers.
Chapter 8
HEALTHCARE
Manufacturing Standard
Modifications
Imaging Services
DX-S
Type 5160
Document History
Edition.
Revision
Release
Date
Changes
compared to previous version 2.1
2.2
01-2008
Referenced Documents
Document
Title
n.a.
n.a.
Edition 2, Revision 2
01-2008 printed in Germany
DD+DIS014.05E
Manufacturer
Agfa HealthCare N.V.
Tegernseer Landstrae 161
D - 81539 Mnchen
Germany
Copyright 2008 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
All rights reserved.
Technical modifications reserved.
AGFA and the Agfa-Rhombus are trademarks of Agfa HealthCare N.V.
WARNING:
Improper operation or service activities may cause damage or injuries.
INSTRUCTION:
(1)
(2)
Strictly observe all safety directions within the "Generic Safety Directions" and on
the product.
NOTE:
Release Date, Edition and Revision are displayed in the footer of each own
new released document.
So please refer to the GSO Library doc type Order list and Front page to verify
the volume and revision status of a Service Manual.
Edition 2, Revision 2
01-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 8 / 2
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
OVERVIEW OF MODIFICATIONS:
timeline
Modification
Referenced Documents
2007
Dec. Introduction of Digitizer Software STR_1404B
Chapter 3.8:
DD+DIS014.05E
Enclosure: DD+DIS359.07E
2006
August Introduction of improved Erasure Unit
July Introduction of Digitizer Software STR_1306
2005
Dec. Introduction of Digitizer Software STR_1206
Chapter 3.8:
DD+DIS287.06E
Chapter 3.8:
DD+DIS287.06E
Chapter 3.8:
DD+DIS287.06E
Edition 2, Revision 2
01-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 8 / 3
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
Communication problem
and
Timeout problem
Part
Number(s)
Referenced
Document(s)
Edition 2, Revision 2
01-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 8 / 4
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
Product(s) &
Serial
Number(s)
On digitizer:
SN 1264, CW 16/2007
Part
Number(s)
or
Referenced
Document(s)
Edition 2, Revision 2
01-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 8 / 5
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
Reason
Product(s) &
Serial
Number(s)
On digitizer:
SN 1185
Part
Number(s)
Referenced
Document(s)
Edition 2, Revision 2
01-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 8 / 6
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
Solution for:
Part
Number(s)
On NX Processing Station:
SN NX-1001-10118 / CW 28/2006
On digitizer:
SN = 1180, 1182, SN 1185 / CW 27/2006
Digitizer software STR_1306
Via spare part channel: CM+9 5160 0930 0
Download from MedNet:
Computed Radiography\CR Digitizers\
DX-S\Freeware\Digitizer Software STR_1306
Referenced
Document(s)
Edition 2, Revision 2
01-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 8 / 7
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
Reason
Solution for:
On NX Processing Station:
SN NX-1001-10052 / CW 23/2006
On digitizer:
SN 1001 SN 1179, SN = 1181, 1183, 1184 / CW 15/2006
Part
Number(s)
Referenced
Document(s)
Edition 2, Revision 2
01-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 8 / 8
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
Product(s) &
Serial
Number(s)
On QS Processing Station:
not applicable
Part
Number(s)
Erasure unit
Referenced
Document(s)
On digitizer:
SN > 1163 / CW 12/2006
Solution for:
Product(s) &
Serial
Number(s)
On QS Processing Station:
not applicable
Part
Number(s)
Power unit
Referenced
Document(s)
On digitizer:
SN > 1153 / CW 09/2006
Edition 2, Revision 2
01-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 8 / 9
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
Solution for:
Product(s) &
Serial Number(s)
On QS Processing Station:
SN QS-SERV-8510 / CW 05/2006
On digitizer:
SN 1101 / CW 03/2006
Part Number(s)
Referenced
Document(s)
Product(s) &
Serial Number(s)
On QS Processing Station:
SN QS-SERV-8297 / CW 01/2006
On digitizer:
not applicable
Part Number(s)
Referenced
Document(s)
--
Edition 2, Revision 2
01-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 8 / 10
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
10
Product(s) &
Serial Number(s)
Solution for:
On QS Processing Station:
SN QS-SERV-8237 / CW 51/2005
On digitizer:
SN 1080 / CW 49/2005
Part Number(s)
Referenced
Document(s)
11
Solution for:
Product(s) &
Serial Number(s)
on QS Processing Station:
SN QS-SERV-7724 / CW 43/2005
on digitizer:
software has not been introduced in production
Part Number(s)
Referenced
Document(s)
Edition 2, Revision 2
01-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 8 / 11
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
12
Product(s) &
Serial Number(s)
On QS Processing Station:
SN QS-SERV-7639 / CW 39/2005
On digitizer:
SN 1013 / CW 38/2005
Part Number(s)
Referenced
Document(s)
Edition 2, Revision 2
01-2008
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 8 / 12
Agfa Company Confidential
HEALTHCARE
Chapter 9
Maintenance
Imaging Services
DX-S
Type 5160
CONFIDENTIALITY NOTE:
Use, dissemination, distribution or reproduction of this document by unauthorized personnel is not permitted and may be unlawful.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 2, Revision 4
08-2009 printed in Germany
DD+DIS395.06E
Maintenance
Manufacturer
Agfa HealthCare N.V.
Publisher
Agfa-Gevaert HealthCare GmbH
Tegernseer Landstrae 161
D - 81539 Mnchen
Germany
Copyright 2009 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
All rights reserved.
Technical modifications reserved.
AGFA and the Agfa-Rhombus are trademarks of Agfa HealthCare N.V.
WARNING:
Improper operation or service activities may cause damage or injuries.
INSTRUCTION:
(1)
(2)
Strictly observe all safety directions within the "Generic Safety Directions" and on
the product.
NOTE:
To verify the latest version of single documents and of Service Manuals refer to the
Document Type Order List in the GSO library.
Edition 2, Revision 4
08-2009
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 9 / 2
DD+DIS395.06E
Maintenance
Document History
Edition.
Revision
Release
Date
Changes
compared to previous Version 2.3
2.4
08-2009
Updated sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.6.2, 3.7, 3.9 and 3.13.
Referenced Documents
Document
Title
Chapter 3.5,
DD+DIS014.05E
Chapter 3.6,
DD+DIS014.05E
Edition 2, Revision 4
08-2009
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 9 / 3
DD+DIS395.06E
Maintenance
LIST OF CONTENTS
1.2
Required Time...........................................................................................................................6
1.3
Required Tools..........................................................................................................................7
1.4
1.5
Diagnostics................................................................................................................................8
2.1.1
2.1.2
2.1.3
2.1.4
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.6.1
3.6.2
3.7
3.8
3.9
3.10
3.11
3.12
3.13
Edition 2, Revision 4
08-2009
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 9 / 4
DD+DIS395.06E
Maintenance
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.4.1
Exposing a Flatfield.................................................................................................................31
4.4.2
4.4.3
Evaluating a Flatfield...............................................................................................................33
4.5
COMPLETING MAINTENANCE.............................................................................................38
Edition 2, Revision 4
08-2009
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 9 / 5
DD+DIS395.06E
Maintenance
To ensure quality and functional reliability of the system all the points mentioned in this
document must be carried out.
1.1
During the maintenance procedure always consider the safety instructions, see
chapter 3.1 of the DX-S Service Manual and the Generic Safety Directions
document.
Maintenance Frequency
The maintenance has to be carried out:
1.2
Required Time
Approximately 2 hours
Edition 2, Revision 4
08-2009
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 9 / 6
DD+DIS395.06E
1.3
1.4
Maintenance
Required Tools
Order Number*
Description
Description
Vacuum cleaner
Dirt bags for vacuum cleaner (10 x)
ADC screen cleaner
(CR Phosphor IP Cleaner 2P = 2 x 0.5l)
Curix screen cleaner
Dust brush
Soft lint-free cloth
Soft dust brush
Canned air
ABC-Code: EFCVV
Commercially available
Commercially available
Commercially available
Commercially available
1.5
Description
1 x Air filter
* The last digit in the order number indicates the spare part revision at release of this document.
When ordering, a different revision of the spare part may be delivered.
Edition 2, Revision 4
08-2009
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 9 / 7
DD+DIS395.06E
Maintenance
2.1
Diagnostics
2.1.1
2.1.2
Select a List Name, e.g. Error History with CBF by clicking once on
the desired entry in the left pane. The entries of the list are displayed on the
right pane.
Select a List Entry Name by clicking once on the desired entry in the right
pane. The attributes of the selected entry are displayed in the bottom pane.
Edition 2, Revision 4
08-2009
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 9 / 8
DD+DIS395.06E
Maintenance
Figure 1
NOTE:
For help on the analysis of the Infocounter Entries refer to MedNet GSO Library:
Edition 2, Revision 4
08-2009
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 9 / 9
DD+DIS395.06E
2.1.3
Maintenance
Figure 2
2.1.4
E-Label Analysis
(1) Go to: Stratus Service Client General Device Info E-Label
(2) Check all the values in the list of every node.
(3) Especially look at the values:
Number of Repairs
NOTE:
These values give you a hint where to start with your repair service and which parts are
especially sensitive and thus need regular observation.
Edition 2, Revision 4
08-2009
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 9 / 10
DD+DIS395.06E
Maintenance
3.1
(2)
Figure 3
(3)
(4)
B
Figure 4
Edition 2, Revision 4
08-2009
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 9 / 11
DD+DIS395.06E
(5)
Maintenance
Figure 5
(6)
Figure 6
(7)
(8)
(9)
Figure 7
Figure 8
Edition 2, Revision 4
08-2009
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 9 / 12
DD+DIS395.06E
Maintenance
Figure 9
(12)
Figure 10
Edition 2, Revision 4
08-2009
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 9 / 13
DD+DIS395.06E
3.2
Maintenance
(2)
Figure 11
(3)
Push the left side panel to the rear side and lift it up to free the
bottom side hooks.
(4)
(5)
Repeat steps (3) and (4) for the right side panel.
(6)
Figure 12
Edition 2, Revision 4
08-2009
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 9 / 14
DD+DIS395.06E
Maintenance
(7)
(8)
Figure 13
Result
Edition 2, Revision 4
08-2009
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 9 / 15
DD+DIS395.06E
3.3
Maintenance
Figure 14
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Figure 15
Edition 2, Revision 4
08-2009
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 9 / 16
DD+DIS395.06E
3.4
Maintenance
3.5
Overall Cleaning
REQUIRED TOOLS:
Vacuum cleaner
NOTE:
Take care not to touch any PCB with the vacuum cleaner.
ACTION:
Vacuum the interior of the digitizer and wipe it.
Edition 2, Revision 4
08-2009
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 9 / 17
DD+DIS395.06E
Maintenance
3.6
3.6.1
Figure 16
(2)
(3)
Carefully clean the LED erasure unit with a soft lint-free cloth, so that the LEDs
will not be scratched or damaged.
(4)
Edition 2, Revision 4
08-2009
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 9 / 18
DD+DIS395.06E
3.6.2
Maintenance
Cleaning of the Flashlight Erasure Unit Fan (only for Flashlight erasure unit,
up to SN 1402)
INSTRUCTION:
Erasure unit must be taken out for cleaning.
Clean dust that may stick to the fans of the erasure unit (vacuum cleaner).
Do not remove the fans from the housing, clean them in place (vacuum cleaner).
REQUIRED TOOLS:
Vacuum cleaner
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Edition 2, Revision 4
08-2009
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 9 / 19
DD+DIS395.06E
Maintenance
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(10)
(11)
Check for visible damage or defects in the flashlight erasure unit fan.
(12)
(13)
Dismount rear cover of erasure unit (as to remove the KG2-Filter) and clean
the inside of the erasure unit.
(14)
Edition 2, Revision 4
08-2009
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 9 / 20
DD+DIS395.06E
3.7
Maintenance
CAUTION:
Image artifacts possible after cleaning optical elements.
When cleaning optical elements follow the service manual precisely.
REQUIRED TOOLS:
Canned air with nozzle to be able to blow the air into small gaps
(1)
Ensure that the scan head is in <Scan head Access Position> and
dismount it from the digitizer (for the procedure refer to chapter 3.5 in the
service manual).
(2)
Place scan head with one end on a clean and plane surface and hold the
other end with your hand so it can not topple down (see Figure 23).
(3)
(4)
Clean the optical elements (A) on the whole length of the scan head with
canned air.
(5)
(6)
Clean the gap (C) under the optical elements on the whole length of the scan
head with canned air.
(7)
(8)
Mount scan head (for the procedure refer to chapter 3.5 in the service
manual).
Edition 2, Revision 4
08-2009
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 9 / 21
DD+DIS395.06E
Maintenance
A
Figure 23
Edition 2, Revision 4
08-2009
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 9 / 22
DD+DIS395.06E
3.8
Maintenance
Figure 24
Edition 2, Revision 4
08-2009
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 9 / 23
DD+DIS395.06E
3.9
Maintenance
(1) Loosen the IP handling board and lift it up to get free access to the Vacuum
Distribution Plate (for the procedure, refer to chapter 3.5 of the service manual).
(2) Pull the hose from the filter housing (see white circle in Figure 25)
Figure 25
(3) Unscrew the filter housing with a socket wrench and an open-end wrench.
Be careful that the lower part of the filter housing remains in the socket.
Figure 26
Edition 2, Revision 4
08-2009
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 9 / 24
DD+DIS395.06E
Maintenance
Figure 27
Edition 2, Revision 4
08-2009
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 9 / 25
DD+DIS395.06E
3.10
Maintenance
Figure 28
Edition 2, Revision 4
08-2009
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 9 / 26
DD+DIS395.06E
3.11
Maintenance
3.12
Cassette Maintenance
REQUIRED MATERIAL:
Visual
Check
Outside condition
Locking
NOTE:
If alcohols are used, do not drown the cassette. First moisten the cloth with the
cleaner and wipe off the cassette.
Cleaning
(1)
(2)
Edition 2, Revision 4
08-2009
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 9 / 27
DD+DIS395.06E
3.13
Maintenance
REQUIRED MATERIAL:
CR Phosphor IP Cleaner 2 P
REQUIRED TOOL:
Small blunt tool (not sharp-edged)
for opening DX-S cassettes.
This tool is delivered with the
shipped DX-S cassette.
Figure 29
Edition 2, Revision 4
08-2009
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 9 / 28
DD+DIS395.06E
(1)
(2)
(3)
Maintenance
A
2
pressure
pressure
even surface
even surface
Figure 30
(4)
(5)
(6)
Edition 2, Revision 4
08-2009
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 9 / 29
DD+DIS395.06E
Maintenance
4.1
4.2
4.3
Edition 2, Revision 4
08-2009
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 9 / 30
DD+DIS395.06E
Maintenance
4.4
4.4.1
Exposing a Flatfield
(1)
x-ray tube
Cathode
Not OK
OK
Figure 31
(2)
12 mAs
75 kVp
Large focus
The values are approximate and may vary among the X-ray devices.
Edition 2, Revision 4
08-2009
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 9 / 31
DD+DIS395.06E
Maintenance
(3)
(4)
(5)
Figure 32
4.4.2
Edition 2, Revision 4
08-2009
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 9 / 32
DD+DIS395.06E
Maintenance
(1)
Insert the software CD ROM of the digitizer into the CD ROM Drive.
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
Select <OK>.
(7)
(8)
(9)
IMPORTANT:
On the NX workstation the image is displayed rotated to portrait.
Definitions
Evaluating a Flatfield
Slow scan direction
represents the movement of the scan head
on the scan head carrier.
Fast scan direction
is the line by line reading of the scan head.
4.4.3
(1)
Inspect the scanned image for homogeneity. If there are no lines visible,
(see Figure 33), the image quality is acceptable.
Edition 2, Revision 4
08-2009
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 9 / 33
DD+DIS395.06E
Maintenance
IMPORTANT:
If you use a FLFS cassette for flatfield exposure, the image will be slightly darker in the
upper and lower image area where the backscatter protection is removed
(approximately 1 cm each). These darker zones also have to be used for image quality
evaluation in slow scan and fast scan direction.
Effect exaggerated
Genrad Cassette
HD5.0
FLFS Cassette
Backscatter
Protection
HD5.0 FLFS
10 mm
10 mm
FLFS
Figure 34
White spots
Scratches
Edition 2, Revision 4
08-2009
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 9 / 34
DD+DIS395.06E
Maintenance
4.4.3.1
Calibration Lines
Without
"Limit
Pattern"
Flatfield (detail)
Diagnostic Image
Figure 35
With
"Limit
Pattern"
Figure 36
If you find sharp white lines in slow scan direction or the typical limit pattern for
"calibration lines":
(1)
(2)
NOTE:
If there are unacceptable image flaws, please contact the
Regional Support Network (RSN) / for external partners: Please contact your local
Agfa partner.
Edition 2, Revision 4
08-2009
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 9 / 35
DD+DIS395.06E
Maintenance
4.4.3.2
Banding
Without
"Limit
Pattern"
Flatfield (detail)
Diagnostic Image
Figure 37
With
"Limit
Pattern"
Figure 38
If you find stripes parallel to fast scan direction or the typical limit pattern for "banding":
(1)
(2)
NOTE:
If there are unacceptable image flaws, please contact the Regional Support Network
(RSN) / for external partners: Please contact your local Agfa partner.
Edition 2, Revision 4
08-2009
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 9 / 36
DD+DIS395.06E
4.4.3.3
Maintenance
Dust
Pale stripes in slow-scan direction.
(In the example in Figure 39 the dust lines have
been pointed out for a better illustration.
Flatfield (detail)
Diagnostic Image
Figure 39
(1)
(2)
NOTE:
If there are unacceptable image flaws, please contact the Regional Support Network
(RSN) / for external partners: Please contact your local Agfa partner.
Edition 2, Revision 4
08-2009
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 9 / 37
DD+DIS395.06E
4.5
Maintenance
Creating a Backup CD
Create a backup CD once a year.
(1) Run the Backup task in the DX-S Service Client.
(2) Store the file in Backup ( on drive D:) or burn it on CD.
Completing Maintenance
(1) Confirm the maintenance by signing the Maintenance Checklist.
(2) Inform the customer about what was done during the maintenance and which
repairs need to be done in next future.
Edition 2, Revision 4
08-2009
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 9 / 38
Maintenance
Checklist
DD+DIS395.06E
Maintenance Checklist
Work Instruction for order no.
SN
Film cycles
Done
Inside
Erasure Unit
Scan Head
IP-platform
Vacuum
Distribution Plate
Frame
Cassettes
Image Plates
Edition 2, Revision 4
08-2009
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 9 / 39
Maintenance
Checklist
DD+DIS395.06E
Done
Done
Remarks:
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
.............................................................
Date / Signature Service Technician
.........................................................
Customer
Edition 2, Revision 4
08-2009
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 9 / 40
HEALTHCARE
Chapter 10
Service Bulletins
Imaging Services
DX-S
Type 5160
Please note
Service Bulletins are not part of the Service Manual for Download.
Please download the Service Bulletins from the GSO Library:
MEDNET GSO Computed Radiography CR Digitizers
DX-S Service Bulletin
Edition 2, Revision 0
02-2008 printed in Germany
DD+DIS014.05E
Service Bulletins
Edition 2, Revision 0
02-2008
DX-S
Chapter 6 / 2
HEALTHCARE
Chapter 11
Installation Planning
Imaging Services
DX-S
Type 5160
CONFIDENTIALITY NOTE:
Use, dissemination, distribution or reproduction of this document by unauthorized personnel is not permitted and may be unlawful.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 2, Revision 3
04-2010 printed in Germany
DD+DIS387.06E
Installation Planning
Manufacturer
Agfa HealthCare N.V.
Publisher
Agfa-Gevaert HealthCare GmbH
Tegernseer Landstrae 161
D - 81539 Mnchen
Germany
Copyright 2010 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
All rights reserved.
Technical modifications reserved.
AGFA and the Agfa-Rhombus are trademarks of Agfa HealthCare N.V.
WARNING:
Improper operation or service activities may cause damage or injuries.
INSTRUCTION:
(1)
(2)
Strictly observe all safety directions within the "Generic Safety Directions" and
on the product.
NOTE:
To verify the latest version of single documents and of Service Manuals refer to the
Document Type Order List in the GSO library.
Edition 2, Revision 3
04-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 11 / 2
DD+DIS387.06E
Installation Planning
Document History
Edition.
Revision
Release
Date
Changes
compared to previous Version 2.2
2.3
04-2010
Referenced Documents
Document
Title
Edition 2, Revision 3
04-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 11 / 3
DD+DIS387.06E
Installation Planning
LIST OF CONTENTS
REFERENCED DOCUMENTS.................................................................................................6
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS........................................................................................................8
3.1
General Safety Instructions for the DX-S Digitizer (without Isolation Transformer) .................8
3.2
4.2
SYSTEM OVERVIEW.............................................................................................................10
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
6.2
6.3
Scope of Delivery for the DX-S Cut Down All in One (Type 5163/105)..................................18
7.2
7.3
Required Free Space for DX-S Cut Down All in One (Type 5163/105)..................................21
7.4
7.5
7.6
7.7
7.8
7.9
Edition 2, Revision 3
04-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 11 / 4
DD+DIS387.06E
Installation Planning
CONNECTIONS .....................................................................................................................29
10
9.1
9.1.1
9.1.2
9.1.3
9.2
9.3
FireWire...................................................................................................................................31
SPECIFICATIONS..................................................................................................................31
10.1
Type Identification...................................................................................................................31
10.2
10.3
10.4
10.4.1
Emissions................................................................................................................................32
10.5
10.6
11
REMOTE ACCESS.................................................................................................................33
12
Edition 2, Revision 3
04-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 11 / 5
DD+DIS387.06E
Installation Planning
NOTE:
This document describes the installation planning of:
DX-S All in One (Type 5163/100)
DX-S Cut Down All in One (Type 5163/105)
DX-S System configuration as separate components (without All in One cart)
For the installation planning of the NX workstation Software, please refer to the relevant
Service Documentation. See section 1.
Referenced Documents
The following documents are referenced in this chapter.
Document
Hyperlink
Edition 2, Revision 3
04-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 11 / 6
DD+DIS387.06E
Installation Planning
Product Description
The DX-S is a digitizer for image plates retaining latent X-ray images. It has been
developed by Agfa.
The DX-S accepts one cassette containing one image plate at a time.
The DX-S:
Locks the cassette containing the image plate in the cassette slot.
Removes the image plate from the cassette.
Scans the image plate.
Converts the information of the latent image to digital data.
Transmits the image data to the preview station.
Erases the image plate and re-inserts it into the cassette.
Gives the image plate ID data the status 'erased'.
Unlocks the cassette.
Transmits the digital image data to an image processing station (destination).
The DX-S permits assigning the status emergency to an image. An emergency image
will be given priority by the image processing station.
The DX-S permits re-erasing an image plate before re-using it. In specific cases, this
is necessary to prevent ghost images caused by previous exposures or stray radiation
from interfering with the image of interest.
With the dedicated ID station of the DX-S, the following features are available:
Quickly identifying cassettes without the need for an ID Tablet
Reading the identification data of a cassette
Edition 2, Revision 3
04-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 11 / 7
DD+DIS387.06E
Installation Planning
Safety Instructions
3.1
The DX-S Digitizer in conjunction with the IT-Components like PC and Monitor
complies with the EN 60950 standard for Information Technology. This means that,
although it is absolutely safe, patients may not come in direct contact with the
equipment. Therefore all DX-S components must be placed outside a radius of:
1.5 m / 5 ft (IEC)
1.83 m / 6 ft (UL)
Figure 1
IMPORTANT:
If the DX-S system (Digitizer, PC, Monitor) is operated within the patient environment
(see Figure 1) an isolation transformer has to be used according to IEC60601-1-1 standard.
All components must be connected to this isolation transformer, which guarantees the
demanded additional separation. Such an isolation transformer is available as an option by
Agfa. For specification of the transformer refer to section 10.5.
3.2
General Safety Instructions for the DX-S All in One System (including
Isolation Transformer)
The DX-S All in One Systems are already provided with an isolation transformer.
According to IEC 60601-1-1 the system can also be used within patient environment.
Edition 2, Revision 3
04-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 11 / 8
DD+DIS387.06E
Installation Planning
Safety Compliance
4.1
DX-S has been designed in accordance with the MEDDEV Guidelines relating to the
application of Medical Devices and have been tested as part of the conformity
assessment procedures required by 93/42/EEC MDD (European Council Directive
93/42/EEC on Medical Devices).
DX-S has been designed in accordance with the IEC 60601-1, Ed. 3: Medical
electrical equipment -Part 1: General requirements for basic safety and essential
performance.
DX-S complies with:
The general safety regulations:
UL 60601-1:2003
EN 540: 1993
EN 980: 1996
EN 1041: 1998
ISO 18906: 2000
EN ISO 13485: 2000
Additional standards for documentation:
Edition 2, Revision 3
04-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 11 / 9
DD+DIS387.06E
4.2
Installation Planning
The radio interference regulations EN 55022:1997, Class A and FCC 47, Part 15,
Subchapter B, Class A
System Overview
It is possible to order and install the DX-S as:
NOTE:
The DX-S Digitizer is intended to:
Operate with the DX-S All in One or the DX-S Cut Down All in One
Edition 2, Revision 3
04-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 11 / 10
DD+DIS387.06E
5.1
Installation Planning
Printer
Figure 2
Figure 2 shows the integration of the DX-S All in One or the DX-S Cut Down All in One
in a hospital network.
To enter the demographic data, Fast ID mode (Direct ID mode) must be activated on
the DX-S and on the Control PC. Usage of an ID tablet is not supported.
Edition 2, Revision 3
04-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 11 / 11
DD+DIS387.06E
5.2
Installation Planning
Isolation
Transformer
Monitor
UPS
Isolation
Transformer
DX-S
NX
Monitor
DX-S
Monitor
NX
DX-S
NX
IMPORTANT:
It depends on the situation in the hospital and the order of the customer, whether
an Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) or an isolation transformer is used in the
separate components configuration.
When the DX-S is used within the patient environment an isolation transformer
must be used to guarantee the demanded additional separation.
See section 5.4.
Edition 2, Revision 3
04-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 11 / 12
DD+DIS387.06E
5.3
Installation Planning
Item
Order
Number
DX-S
All in One
System
DX-S System
as separate Components
DX-S Digitizer
ERYE4
Mandatory
Mandatory
ERO28
Mandatory
Not applicable
E2PVF
Optional,
alternative
to DX-S All
in One Cart
Not applicable
DX-S UPS
Powerware 5125
230 V Version
ERO16
Mandatory
Optional
IMPORTANT:
UPS can only be ordered
and used if coupled with
isolation transformer
order.
NX
Workstation
(= Control PC)
E2PA7
Mandatory
Mandatory
CR HD 5.0
Detector
24 x 30 cm
ERMQC
Mandatory
(2 pieces)
Mandatory
(2 pieces)
Edition 2, Revision 3
04-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 11 / 13
DD+DIS387.06E
Installation Planning
Item
Order
Number
DX-S
All in One
System
DX-S System
as separate Components
CR HD 5.0 Detector
35 x 43 cm
ERMO7
Mandatory
(2 pieces)
Mandatory
(2 pieces)
CR HD 5.0 Detector
15 x 30 cm
ERMSG
Optional
Optional
CR HD 5.0 Detector
18 x 24 cm
ERMRE
Optional
Optional
Isolation Transformer
EZJT3
Mandatory,
already
included in
ABC-Code
ERO28 and
E2PVF.
Optional
IMPORTANT:
Only mandatory in
case
DX-S is operated
within patient
environment closer to
1.5 meters (5 feet)
and also mandatory if
an UPS is used.
CR Touch Monitor
EMWAF
Mandatory
Mandatory
In case:
X-Ray shielding to
protect from scatter
radiation
EQBD5
Optional
Optional
Edition 2, Revision 3
04-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 11 / 14
DD+DIS387.06E
Installation Planning
In case Full Leg Full Spine (FLFS) is an intended application, the NX FLFS DX-S
License (ABC code: ES9EL) and following additional hardware components can be
ordered optionally:
Item
Order
Number
Remark
EAUGV
CR Easylift
EJ8V8
Antiscatter Grid
ECJ8M
E1WDZ
E1WE2
NOTE:
For the unlikely case that at the customer site only HD 5.0 FLFS detectors are present
for calibration, make sure that at least two cassettes with the biggest format are
available to have backscatter protection.
To cover reduced backscatter protection at the borders of the 35 cm cassette,
the detector has to be placed on two other cassettes (HD 5.0 or MD 4.0 type).
For details see Calibration Procedure in Chapter 3.6 of this Service Manual.
Edition 2, Revision 3
04-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 11 / 15
DD+DIS387.06E
5.4
Installation Planning
Configuration
Within Patient
Environment
Isolation
Transformer
UPS
Yes
Mandatory in case
DX-S is operated
within patient
environment closer to
1.5 meters (5 feet).
No
Optional
DX-S System
as separate
Components
Patient environment
h= 2.5 m
(2.29 m*)
Patient environment
Without UPS
With UPS
Wall Outlet
Wall Outlet
Isolation Transformer
Isolation Transformer
Monitor
UPS
NX
DX-S
Monitor
NX
DX-S
Figure 4
Edition 2, Revision 3
04-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 11 / 16
DD+DIS387.06E
Installation Planning
Scope of Delivery
6.1
Description
Certificates
Limit Pattern CD
NOTE:
Depending on the customers selection, additional components can be ordered for the
DX-S system configuration as separate components.
For an overview of available components, refer to section 5.3, DX-S System Components.
Edition 2, Revision 3
04-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 11 / 17
DD+DIS387.06E
6.2
Installation Planning
Pieces
6.3
Description
Cassettes 24 x 30 cm
Cassettes 43 x 35 cm
Network cable
Isolation transformer
Scope of Delivery for the DX-S Cut Down All in One (Type 5163/105)
Pieces
Description
Cassettes 24 x 30 cm
Cassettes 43 x 35 cm
Network cable
Isolation transformer
Edition 2, Revision 3
04-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 11 / 18
DD+DIS387.06E
Installation Planning
7.1
fo
rs
er
vi
ce
Figure 5
Edition 2, Revision 3
04-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 11 / 19
DD+DIS387.06E
7.2
Installation Planning
5 (2")
76,08 (30")
71 (28")
71 150
(28")(60")
150 (60")
Figure 6
Edition 2, Revision 3
04-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 11 / 20
DD+DIS387.06E
7.3
Installation Planning
Required Free Space for DX-S Cut Down All in One (Type 5163/105)
fo
rs
er
vi
ce
Figure 7
Edition 2, Revision 3
04-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 11 / 21
DD+DIS387.06E
7.4
Installation Planning
Figure 8
Edition 2, Revision 3
04-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 11 / 22
DD+DIS387.06E
7.5
Installation Planning
Figure 9
Edition 2, Revision 3
04-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 11 / 23
DD+DIS387.06E
101 (39,8)
7.6
Installation Planning
639 (251,6)
27 (10,6)
Figure 10
Edition 2, Revision 3
04-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 11 / 24
DD+DIS387.06E
7.7
Installation Planning
0,8 m
3,1
0m
Figure 11
Edition 2, Revision 3
04-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 11 / 25
DD+DIS387.06E
7.8
Installation Planning
Temperature:
Relative Humidity:
15% to 90%
82 cm x 33 cm x 75 cm
48 cm (19")
Approximately 105 kg
130 cm x 47 cm x 89 cm
Approximately 135 kg
200 cm x 450 cm
79" x 178"
CAUTION:
Heavy device may damage the floor covering.
Make sure that the floor covering is solid enough to stand the weight of the device!
NOTE:
Once the DX-S is unpacked, it can be moved to the installation site on four mounted
rollers. To move the unpacked machine, release brakes at the rollers.
After moving the machine to the installation site, set brakes again.
Edition 2, Revision 3
04-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 11 / 26
DD+DIS387.06E
7.9
Installation Planning
Temperature:
Relative Humidity:
15% to 90%
Specification
147 cm x 80 cm x 97 cm 120 cm x 80 cm x 97 cm
(58" x 31.5" x 38")
Approximately 250 kg
200 cm x 450 cm
(79" x 178")
200 cm x 450 cm
(79" x 178")
CAUTION:
Heavy device may damage the floor covering.
Make sure that the floor covering is solid enough to stand the weight of the device!
NOTE:
Once the DX-S All in One or DX-S Cut Down All in One is unpacked, it can be moved to
the installation site on four mounted rollers. To move the unpacked device, release
brakes at the rollers.
After moving the machine to the installation site, set brakes again.
Edition 2, Revision 3
04-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 11 / 27
DD+DIS387.06E
Installation Planning
Minimal: 15%
Maximal: 80%
Best: 40% - 50%
Ambient Light
Light Tightness:
CAUTION:
Light of high intensity may intrude in the digitizer.
Image quality may be decreased.
DX-S and All in One must not be operated in direct sunlight! No influence on image
quality is guaranteed if operated in ambient light of max. 2500 Lux.
Floor Conditions
Horizontal Alignment:
Magnetic Fields
Maximal permissible Magnetic According to EN 61000-4-8: Level 5
Field in the Room:
Edition 2, Revision 3
04-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 11 / 28
DD+DIS387.06E
Installation Planning
Connections
9.1
WARNING:
Using different power circles may lead to ground potential differences:
In this case the leakage current via FireWire cable may exceed the limits
as defined by IEC 60601.
Confirm that both, NX workstation and digitizer are connected to the same
ground, e.g. via multiple socket or UPS.
IMPORTANT:
Check during installation planning the cable situation.
If other country-specific cables than the below mentioned are required at installation
site, obtain these cables locally before beginning with the installation.
If a country-specific mains cable is used, it must be conform to the electrical
specifications of the DX-S or DX-S All in One (see section 10.2 and 10.3) and the
country-specific regulations.
Refer also to Chapter 1, Controls, Connections and Setup Procedures, of this
Service Documenation when planning the installation.
The following mains cables are included in the delivery of the components.
9.1.1
Edition 2, Revision 3
04-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 11 / 29
DD+DIS387.06E
Installation Planning
US Version
9.1.2
1x three-conductor I-2500-S
US Version
1 x 5-15P IEC320/C13
NOTE:
Only for DX-S All in One Systems:
A mains cable for the DX-S is pre-cabled in the DX-S All in One or the DX-S Cut Down
All in One cart.
Only for the DX-S System as separate components:
A country-specific multiple socket is not part of the delivery and has to be obtained
locally.
Only for DX-S Cut Down All in One:
Only the DX-S Cut Down All in One is delivered with extension cables for
mouse, keyboard and monitor (2 pieces) with a length of 2 m (78).
9.1.3
Pre-installation of a wall outlet which complies with the electrical specifications of the
DX-S or DX-S All in One (see section 10.2 and 10.3) might be necessary.
Edition 2, Revision 3
04-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 11 / 30
DD+DIS387.06E
9.2
Installation Planning
9.3
FireWire
A FireWire (IEEE 1394) cable connects the DX-S to the Control PC.
In the DX-S All in One or the DX-S Cut Down All in One cart a FireWire cable for the
DX-S is pre-cabled.
Another FireWire (IEEE 1394) cable (4.5 m length) is in scope of the DX-S Digitizer.
When installing the DX-S All in One Systems, this cable is not necessary.
It is only required for the DX-S System as separate components.
WARNING:
Using a FireWire cable > 4.5 m may lead to unstable or no communication between
digitizer and NX workstation: Retakes possible.
Do not use a FireWire cable between digitizer and NX with a length > 4.5 m or > 15 ft
respectively.
10
Specifications
10.1
Type Identification
Device
Type
DX-S
5160
5163/100
5163/105
Edition 2, Revision 3
04-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 11 / 31
DD+DIS387.06E
10.2
Installation Planning
Power Input
50 Hz 60 Hz
Grounded
With 230 V AC: maximal 16 A
Fuse Protection
10.3
10.4
10.4.1
Emissions
Edition 2, Revision 3
04-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 11 / 32
DD+DIS387.06E
10.5
10.6
Installation Planning
115 V AC / 14 A or 230 V AC / 7 A
50 Hz 60 Hz
Grounded
Power Output
115 V AC or 230 V AC
(230 V must be selected as the UPS has 230 V
AC power input)
22 cm x 20 cm x 18 cm
(8.7 x 7.9 x 7.1)
11
Type
25 cm x 20.5 cm x 49.3 cm
(9.8 x 8.1 x 19.4)
Weight
31.0 kg
230 V AC
Power Rating
2200 VA / 1600 W
Input Connection
IEC-320-10A, inlet
Output Receptacles
Remote Access
Remote access to the digitizer is only possible via the Control PC. For this, remote
access must be activated at the Control PC.
Edition 2, Revision 3
04-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 11 / 33
DD+DIS387.06E
Installation Planning
This page is intentionally left blank to enable print out of even and odd pages on duplex printers.
Edition 2, Revision 3
04-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 11 / 34
Installation Planning
Checklist
DD+DIS387.06E
12
REQUIRED TIME:
2 hours
Check and discuss all the required measures for the installation by means of
this checklist.
Hand over the filled checklist to your local AGFA representative.
Customer:
Department:
System
Components:
Desired
Installation Date:
Signature:
Remarks:
Edition 2, Revision 3
04-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 11 / 35
Installation Planning
Checklist
DD+DIS387.06E
Subject
Prepare
Safety Instructions
Installation Site
OK
Not OK
Location: ..
Space for
Installation
___________ cm
___________ cm
Mains Connection
Edition 2, Revision 3
04-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 11 / 36
Installation Planning
Checklist
DD+DIS387.06E
Subject
Prepare
Transport Path
OK
Not OK
Place: .......................................................
..
Transport path:
Minimum door width
DX-S: 48 cm (19)
DX-S All in One System: 80 cm (31.5")
Way: ...................................................
.
.
X-ray Shielding
Remote Access
End
Edition 2, Revision 3
04-2010
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 11 / 37
This page is intentionally left blank to enable print out of even and odd pages on duplex printers.
DD+DIS014.05E
Chapter 12
List of Contents
1
Glossary ........................................................................................1
Edition 2, Revision 0
11-2006
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 12 / I
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
DX-S Glossary
Term
Short Description
Gy
ADC
ADC Stratus
AE title
Application Entity
APIP
ASAP - Package
AUI
Auto QC2
AS
Archive Station
BOE
Begin Of Erasure
BOL
BOS
Begin Of Scan;
Browser
Calibration
Edition 2, Revision 0
11-2006
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 12 / 1
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
Term
Short Description
CAN bus
CAS
CCD
CCM
CHM
Collimation
Controller
CPF file
CPU
CR
Computed Radiography
CR 50.0
CR Mammography
Chapter 12 / 2
Agfa Company Confidential
DX-S
Type 5160
Edition 2, Revision 0
11-2006
DD+DIS014.05E
Short Description
CR Radiotherapy
CR QS 3.0
CU-Filter
DAC
Decomposition
Detector
Diagnostic logger
DICOM
dosimeter
DQE
DR
Direct Radiography
DRA
Dynamic Range
DX-S
EOE
End Of Erasure
Ethernet
FireWire
Edition 2, Revision 0
11-2006
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 12 / 3
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
Term
Short Description
Focus Calibration
FSE
FTP
Gain Factor
GenRad
General Radiology
Grid
GSC
GUI
HCP
HDD
Heel Effect
inhomogeneous exposure
HiRes
HIS
Histogram
I/O BUS
ID Chip
ID Station
IDentification Station
ID Viewer
Chapter 12 / 4
Agfa Company Confidential
DX-S
Type 5160
Edition 2, Revision 0
11-2006
DD+DIS014.05E
Short Description
Infocounter
Internet
IP
IP
Image Processing
IP
IP Address
Java
Java applet
JavaScript
Edition 2, Revision 0
11-2006
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 12 / 5
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
Term
Short Description
Jitter
LAN
Laser
LCD
LED
Leeds Phantom
LUT
Look Up Table
MODEM
mR
MCBF
MTTI
MTTR
MUSICA
Network location
NIP
Node
Chapter 12 / 6
Agfa Company Confidential
DX-S
Type 5160
Edition 2, Revision 0
11-2006
DD+DIS014.05E
Short Description
NX
Offset factor
OLUT
OS
Operating System
Password
Pixel
Preview Monitor
PS
Processing Station
Quantisation
RAM
REM Tool
Reset
RIS
ROI
Region Of Interest
ROM
Edition 2, Revision 0
11-2006
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 12 / 7
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS014.05E
Term
Short Description
RS232 interface
SAL
Scan Head
SCP
SOFTCOPY Tool
SCSI
Server
Service Interface
Slow-scan direction
Standard Res
Subnet Number
TCP
Chapter 12 / 8
Agfa Company Confidential
DX-S
Type 5160
Edition 2, Revision 0
11-2006
DD+DIS014.05E
Short Description
TCP/IP
Text Field
Throughput
Twain Interface
UI
UPS
URL
UTP - cable
W/L
X-Rite Densitometer
Edition 2, Revision 0
11-2006
DX-S
Type 5160
Chapter 12 / 9
Agfa Company Confidential
This page is intentionally left blank to enable print out of even and odd pages on duplex printers.
Order Number:
DD+DIS014.05E
Type 5160
nd
2 Edition
DX-S
Type 5160
nd
2 Edition
DX-S
Type 5160
nd
2 Edition
DX-S
Order Number:
DD+DIS014.06E
Order Number:
DD+DIS014.05E